Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB,...
Transcript of Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB,...
![Page 1: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/1.jpg)
![Page 2: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/2.jpg)
2 © UTL98
COPYRIGHT
© Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544
All rights reserved. This work has been produced by Lift-Skills Australia with industry funding. This publication is copyright but permission is given to trainers and teachers to make copies by photocopying or other duplicating processes for use within their own training organisation or in a workplace where the training is being conducted. This permission does not extend to the making of copies for use outside the immediate training environment for which they are made, nor the making of copies for hire or resale to third parties. For permission outside of these guidelines, apply in writing to Lift-Skills Australia.
With the exception of Lift-Skills Australia, the Australian National Training Authority is granted exclusive licence to reproduce by any process, electronic or otherwise and distribute, without the specific written permission of the copyright owner. The exclusive licensee may store information electronically in any form whatsoever without such permission. All other enquiries should be directed to the copyright owner.
The views expressed in this version of the work do not necessarily represent the views of ANTA. ANTA does not give warranty nor accept any liability in relation to the content of this work.
First published 1998
This version: November 1998
This edition published with permission by:
Australian Training Products Ltd GPO Box 5347BB MELBOURNE VIC 3001 Telephone: +61 3 9630 9836 or 9630 9837 Facsimile: +61 3 9639 4684
This Edition : March 1999
STOCKCODE: 9850003STD
Printed by Mercury Printeam Australia Pty Ltd, MELBOURNE, AUSTRALIA
UTL98 Lifts Industry Training Package Volume 3 of 3
![Page 3: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/3.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 3 UTL98
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Glossary..................................................................................................................................... 5 UTL NLS302 A......................................................................................................................... 11 Conduct Structural Welding..................................................................................................... 11
Range of Variables .............................................................................................................. 12 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................... 13
UTL NLS303 A......................................................................................................................... 20 Advanced Mechanical Fitting................................................................................................... 20
Range of Variables .............................................................................................................. 21 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................... 22
UTL NLS304 A......................................................................................................................... 30 Fabricate and Modify Components ......................................................................................... 30
Range of Variables .............................................................................................................. 31 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................... 32
UTL NLS305 A......................................................................................................................... 37 Alignment of Lift Structures ..................................................................................................... 37
Range of Variables .............................................................................................................. 38 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................... 40
UTL NLS306 A......................................................................................................................... 47 Single Wrap Roping of Lifts ..................................................................................................... 47
Range of Variables .............................................................................................................. 48 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................... 49
UTL NLS307 A......................................................................................................................... 56 Multiple Wrap Roping of Lifts................................................................................................... 56
Range of Variables .............................................................................................................. 57 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................... 58
UTL NLS308 A......................................................................................................................... 65 Inspect Ropes.......................................................................................................................... 65
Range of Variables .............................................................................................................. 66 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................... 67
UTL NLS309 A......................................................................................................................... 71 Repair Escalator Handrails...................................................................................................... 71
Range of Variables .............................................................................................................. 72 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................... 73
UTL NLS310 A......................................................................................................................... 78 Maintain Escalators/Moving Walks.......................................................................................... 78
Range of Variables .............................................................................................................. 79 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................... 80
UTL NLS311 A......................................................................................................................... 87 Install Escalators/Moving Walks.............................................................................................. 87
Range of Variables .............................................................................................................. 88 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................... 89
UTL NLS312 A......................................................................................................................... 95 Maintain Hydraulic Lift Equipment........................................................................................... 95
Range of Variables .............................................................................................................. 96 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................... 97
UTL NLS313 A....................................................................................................................... 103 Install/Maintain Hoses and Tubing ........................................................................................ 103
Range of Variables ............................................................................................................ 104 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................. 105
UTL NLS314 A....................................................................................................................... 112 Set Out Multiple Lift Wells ..................................................................................................... 112
Range of Variables ............................................................................................................ 113 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................. 114
UTL NLS315 A....................................................................................................................... 120 Lift Safety Gear Acceptance Test.......................................................................................... 120
Range of Variables ............................................................................................................ 121
![Page 4: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/4.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
4 © UTL98
Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................. 122 UTL NLS316 A....................................................................................................................... 130 Lift Safety Gear Periodic Test................................................................................................ 130
Range of Variables.............................................................................................................131 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................. 132
UTL NLS317 A....................................................................................................................... 142 Lift Equipment Compliance Testing....................................................................................... 142
Range of Variables.............................................................................................................143 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................. 144
UTL NLS401 A....................................................................................................................... 158 Write Operational Report .......................................................................................................158
Range of Variables.............................................................................................................158 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................. 159
UTL NLS402 A....................................................................................................................... 164 Workplace Trainer - Category 1 ............................................................................................ 164
Range of Variables.............................................................................................................167 UTL NLS403 A....................................................................................................................... 168 Workplace Trainer - Category 2 ............................................................................................ 168
Range of Variables.............................................................................................................177 UTL NLS 404 A...................................................................................................................... 178 Workplace Assessor .............................................................................................................. 178
Range of Variables.............................................................................................................181 UTL NLS405 A....................................................................................................................... 183 Release Passengers from Lifts.............................................................................................. 183
Range of Variables.............................................................................................................184 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................. 186
Unit NLS406........................................................................................................................... 198 Lift Performance Assessment................................................................................................ 198
Range of Variables.............................................................................................................199 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................. 200
UTL NLS407 A....................................................................................................................... 215 Co-ordinate Commissioning of Lifts....................................................................................... 215
Range of Variables.............................................................................................................216 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................. 217
UTL NLS408 A....................................................................................................................... 232 Co-ordinate Maintenance of Lifts........................................................................................... 232
Range of Variables.............................................................................................................233 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................. 234
UTL NLS409 A....................................................................................................................... 247 Co-ordinate Installation of Lifts ..............................................................................................247
Range of Variables.............................................................................................................248 Evidence Guide.................................................................................................................. 249
![Page 5: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/5.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 5 UTL98
Glossary Italic typeface is used in this competency standards document to indicate terms and variables that require further explanation. Those that have a common meaning throughout this standard are explained below.
The explanations of document relevant terms in some instances are direct extracts or derived from technical standards or codes published by Standards Australia or jointly by Standards Australia and Standards New Zealand. In either instance they are terms commonly used within the Lift Industry.
Common terms and variables Accessories - Electrical
Any device associated with, and forming an integral part of the wiring systems such as switch, fuse, plug, socket outlet, lampholder, fitting, adaptor, ceiling rose; connectors, clamps, termination posts, lugs, strips and blocks; clips, ties and bindings.
Appropriate personnel
Individuals with responsibilities for design, installation, maintenance, production or servicing activities. This can include;
• site managers
• project managers
• engineers and technicians
• line managers/supervisors
• team leaders
• field operatives other personnel designated by an organisation or enterprise. Approval of equipment
Acceptance by the relevant authority for an item of equipment to be used in a particular situation.
AQF
Australian Qualifications Framework which describes qualifications in terms of levels characterised by the outcomes of National Vocational Education and Training.
Car
The load-carrying unit of a lift including car frame, car platform, car enclosure and car doors, where provided.
Component
That portion of a unit of equipment, which has been designed as a discrete unit and that can be identified as such.
![Page 6: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/6.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
6 © UTL98
Control Equipment
Those components of a lift by means of which motion, direction of travel, speed and stopping are controlled.
Engineering data
Refers to documents and other sources from which technical data and product specifications/characteristic are obtained, includes recognised standards publications, manufacturers product data publications and design features.
Enterprise vehicles
Vehicles used for the transportation of personnel and materials for the performance of the work function. They may include sedans, station wagons, utilities, trucks, motor cycles and personnel carriers but do not include load shifting equipment.
Environment
The area surrounding the work site which can be directly or indirectly affected by occurrences at the work site. It includes the atmosphere, soils, drains, underground water tables and the ecosystem. Protection of the environment would require the proper disposal of waste materials, restriction of burning off, the correct handling of toxic substances, the containment of CFCs and the like.
The protection of the environment would also include the minimisation of those factors that contribute, directly or indirectly, to the production of greenhouse gases.
These contributing factors might include the minimisation of waste materials, the correct use of enterprise vehicles and machinery, the re-use or recycling of trade materials where possible and the overall reduction of energy usage through general awareness and the use of appropriate technologies.
Equipment
Any contributing part of an installation which may or may not be composed of components.
Escalator
A power driven, inclined, continuous stairway used for raising or lowering passengers.
![Page 7: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/7.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 7 UTL98
Established procedures
Formal arrangements of an organisation, enterprise or statutory authority of how work is to be done. This may include, for example:
• quality assurance systems incorporating, for example;
− requirements and procedures
− work orders/instructions
− reporting procedures
− improvement mechanisms
− safety management
• work clearance systems incorporating, for example;
− work permits
− monitoring and clearance procedures
− isolation procedures
− OH&S practices,
− procedures for operating safety systems, operating plant and equipment and reporting work activities,
• arrangements for dealing with emergency situations. Hazardous area (location)
Area in which an explosive atmosphere is present or may be expected to be present such as to require special precautions for the construction, installation and use of electrical equipment. Hazardous areas may include a variety of adverse environmental conditions such as those encountered in refineries, laboratories and the like.
Installation
A complete lift, escalator or moving walk including its liftwell, liftwell enclosure and related construction, and all machinery and equipment necessary for its operation.
Lift
An apparatus or contrivance within or attached to a building or structure, comprising a platform or car running between approximately vertical guides and used for the purpose of raising or lowering passengers and/or goods or materials, including indicators.
Lift Systems
For the purpose of these standards and unless specifically omitted in the range of variables of a particular unit, the notion of a lift system may include escalators and moving walks in addition to traction and/or electro-hydraulic lifts.
![Page 8: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/8.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
8 © UTL98
Liftwell
A shaftway for the travel of one or more lifts. It includes the pit and terminates at the underside of the overhead machinery space floor or grating or at the ceiling or underside of the roof where the liftwell does not penetrate the roof.
Machine room
The enclosed space or, if self-contained, the room used to house the driving machine (of a lift, escalator or moving walk) and any associated equipment which is required to be similarly located.
It may be necessary for a machine room to have two or more levels.
Materials
Any ancillary item used in the construction, installation or maintenance of the system and forming part of the temporary or permanent works, for example, protective coatings, cement, wall fasteners and adhesives.
May
The word ‘may’ implies the right to use discretionary power. In the Range of Variables statement it is not meant to mean that the list is inclusive.
Moving walk
A power-driven device on which passengers may stand or walk and of which the passenger-carrying surface (i.e. the treadway) remains parallel to its direction of motion and is uninterrupted.
Notified
To make known or to inform as to the state of an action. It can include information or advice given to personnel or customers or the written insertion in a log book or record system, as required by enterprise requirements or legislation.
Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedure
Arrangements of an organisation or enterprise to meet their legal and ethical obligations of ensuring the workplace is safe and without risk to health. This may include:
• hazardous and risk assessment mechanisms
• implementation of safety regulations
• safety systems incorporating,
• work clearance procedures
• isolation procedures
• use of protective equipment and clothing
• use of codes of practice
• reporting of accidents and injuries
• encouraging and undertaking Occupational Health & Safety training and/or First Aid Training
![Page 9: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/9.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 9 UTL98
• identifying and resolving safety threatening situations arising from incompatibility with the work environment.
Plant
Devices or machines (not considered to be hand tools or hand held power tools) used to facilitate construction, installation or maintenance and are removed after completion of the work. Examples include chainblocks, winches, compressors, test weights, ladders and the like.
Power Control
The system governing the starting, stopping, direction of motion, acceleration, speed and retardation of the moving member.
Requirements
That to which equipment and procedures and their outcomes must conform and includes statutory obligations and regulations and Standards called-up by legislation or regulations. Requirements may include:
• codes of practice
• job specifications
• Standards called-up in specifications
• procedures and work instructions
• quality assurance systems
• manufacturers’ specifications
• design specifications
• customer/client requirements and specifications
• specified underpinning knowledge (specified in units’ Evidence Guides)
• National and State guidelines, policies and imperatives relating to the environment.
Servicing
Undertaking routine inspecting and maintaining of equipment and components.
Standards
Technical documents or codes which set out specifications and other criteria for equipment, materials and methods to ensure they consistently perform as intended. The Standards referred to in this competency standard are those published by Standards Australia or in joint venture with Standards New Zealand. Competency in the use of other technical standards may be required in industries not restricted to Australian requirements. For example, (shipping and off-shore petroleum industries) are subject to Standards agreed to by underwriters and enterprises or some other international convention.
![Page 10: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/10.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
10 © UTL98
Statutory Authority
The person or body responsible for the implementation of legislation
Switchboard
An assembly of circuit protective devices, with or without switchgear, instruments or connecting devices, suitably arranged and mounted for distribution to, and protection of, one or more submains or final sub-circuits or a combination of both but not including a control panel as defined herein.
System
A group or combination of inter-related inter-dependent or interlocking elements forming a collective entity.
Testing devices
Any device used to determine that the parameters of an installation occur within allowable limits in terms of function and safety.
Tools
Any device or machine used to facilitate the performing of a job or task including hand tools, power tools and equipment used in the construction, installation and maintenance of the installation.
Wiring systems
Permitted cables, enclosures, supports and accessories for power, measurement, control or communications purposes.
Work clearances
Includes any system of permissions and notifications for safely working on or removing equipment or components for service.
![Page 11: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/11.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 11 UTL98
UTL NLS302 A Conduct Structural Welding
Descriptor: This unit covers welding of low carbon or mild steel plate or section to a standard required by Australian Standard - AS 1554 SP using MMAW or GMAW processes.
Elements Performance criteria
302.1 Plan and prepare for structural welding.
302.1.1 Structural welding is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.
302.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.
302.1.3 Structural welding is checked against job requirements.
302.1.4 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.
302.1.5 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.
302.1.6 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.
302.2 Perform structural welding.
302.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures for performing structural welding are followed.
302.2.2 Structural welding is carried out in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.
302.2.3 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.
302.2.4 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.
![Page 12: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/12.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
12 © UTL98
Elements Performance criteria
302.2.5 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.
302.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.
302.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the work conforms to requirements.
302.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.
Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.
The standard of welding will equate to that required by Australian Standard - AS 1554 SP. Components to be welded may require specialised preparation.
Remedial action may include: the use of oxyacetylene thermal equipment.
Components may include pre-fabricated assemblies, flat, hollow or rolled steel sections of low carbon, mild steel or stainless steel material.
Materials may include mild steel, stainless steel and rolled steel (low carbon).
Plant may include single or three phase arc welders or gas shielded arc welders.
Applications may include horizontal, flat, overhead or vertical welding tasks associated with installation, modernisation or service/repair where statically loaded components may be subjected to stress in excess of 50 percent of the maximum permissible stress level or where the weld is subject to dynamic loading.
![Page 13: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/13.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 13 UTL98
Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:
1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.
1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.
1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings
Knowledge and Skills - Basic
Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.
1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.
2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.
![Page 14: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/14.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
14 © UTL98
3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Hand tools.
Tool types
Measuring Material removal Marking out Mechanical
Care
Safety Storage Faulty tool procedures Routine maintenance
Use
Safety Measuring Marking out Material removal Mechanical
2. Produce sketches.
Technical drawing standards - AS1100Projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations
Line types Three dimensional views Symbols Dimensioning Contour maps Freehand sketching and dimensioning
3. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.
OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools
Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR
3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Power tools - hand held operation.
Fixed position
Offhand grinders
Portable
Drills Grinders Jigsaws Nibblers Shears
Job planning
Safety Tool selection
Off hand grinder
Safety Machine set up Cutting fluids
Drilling operations
Safety Drill holding methods Work holding methods
Using portable power tools
Safety Power sources
![Page 15: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/15.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 15 UTL98
Work holding Cutting fluids Protection
Work holding
2. Manual metal arc welding.
MMAW machines
Safety Terminology Electrical requirements Activation
Weld joints
Types of joint configuration Preparation Position Terminology Comparison
Pad weld Fillet weld Butt weld Weld defects
External and internal Related to MMAW Causes Corrective procedures
Flame goughing
Safety Principle of process Industrial applications
3. Welding and thermal cutting.
Identification and application of welding and thermal cutting processes
Manual metal arc welding Gas metal arc welding Oxygen acetylene welding Gas tungsten welding Submerged arc welding Electroslag welding Resistance welding Fuel gas cutting Plasma cutting
Soft soldering
Principles Equipment Applications Consumables Joints
Brazing and braze welding
Principles Consumables Cylinder safety Operating techniques Flame types Joints
Oxygen acetylene welding
Principles Consumables Applications
Manual metal arc welding
Safety Consumables Arc radiation Principles of operation Equipment Applications
Gas metal arc welding
Safety Principles of operation Equipment
Thermal cutting
Safety Principles of operation Cutting aids Limitations
Environmental hazards
Hazardous locations Confined space
![Page 16: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/16.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
16 © UTL98
Containers for flammable materials
4. Material science.
Expansion and contraction
Principles Distortion modes Relationship to practical applications Methods of control - correction
Low and medium carbon steels
Chemical composition Effect of alloying elements Heating/cooling Iron carbon diagram Forming and welding Typical industrial applications
Alloy steels
Low alloy steels Stainless steels and nickel alloys Properties Precautions Fabrication Industrial applications
Production of steel Pre and post heat treatment
Reasons Applications Heating methods Temperature measurement
Material testing
Applications Quality control Non-destructive Destructive Defect types Defect evaluation
Material specification Quality assurance
Definition Function Benefits Application Responsibility
5. Gas metal arc welding.
Operating principles
Safety GMAW plant Duty cycle Transfer modes Shielding gases Voltage/current range Electrode diameters Process efficiency Maintenance Fault finding
Pad weld
Horizontal
Fillet weld
Selection of electrodes and gases for various applications Insert gases and gas mixtures Types of solid wire electrodes Gas-shielded cored wires Classification system for solid and flux cored wires G.M.A.W welding parameters
Voltage Current Electrode extension Travel speed
Preparation of and use of welding procedure sheet Positional welding techniques Welding structural sections/plate
![Page 17: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/17.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 17 UTL98
Horizontal Vertical
Butt weld
Flat Horizontal Vertical
Weld joints
Types Preparations Positions Terminology
Welding plate 6 to 25mm in thickness Preparation of material for welding Examination of test pieces Workshop destructive and N.D.T testing techniques.
95-NF02 NF076. Advanced gas metal arc welding.
Pulsed transfer characteristics Task analysis Quality assurance Quality control
Advanced GMAW practice Classification and application of consumables eg. solid wire/flux shielding gases and gas mixtures
7. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:
− technical manuals and instructions
− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies
− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:
Legislation and Australian Standards
Consultative processes
Training and development
Hazard identification and assessment
Risk assessment and management
Monitoring procedures and records.
8. Time management and co-ordination processes.
9. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.
10. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.
11. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.
12. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.
13. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.
14. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.
![Page 18: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/18.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
18 © UTL98
15. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.
16. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.
17. Maintain and promote personal well being.
18. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.
19. Use hand tools.
20. Use power tools - hand held operation.
21. Measure with graduated devices.
22. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.
23. Interpret technical drawings.
24. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.
4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.
5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.
6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.
In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.
![Page 19: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/19.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 19 UTL98
ROV Guideline for Conduct Structural Welding Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.
The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
A At least 3 Applications horizontal flat overhead vertical
B At least 1 Materials mild steel stainless steel rolled steel (low carbon)
C At least 1 Plant single phase arc welder three phase arc welder single phase gas shielded three phase gas shielded
Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.
In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.
![Page 20: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/20.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
20 © UTL98
UTL NLS303 A Advanced Mechanical Fitting
Descriptor: This unit covers the fitting and maintenance of engineering components. It includes adjustment of components for other than commissioning of safety gear.
Elements Performance criteria
303.1 Plan and prepare for mechanical fitting.
303.1.1 Work is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.
303.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.
303.1.3 Work is checked against job requirements.
303.1.4 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.
303.1.5 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the installation work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.
303.1.6 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.
303.2 Perform fitting operations.
303.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed.
303.2.2 Normal function of equipment/components/ parts is ascertained in accordance with requirements.
303.2.3 Circuits are checked as being isolated where necessary using specified testing procedures.
303.2.4 Equipment/components/parts are maintained/ repaired in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.
303.2.5 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.
![Page 21: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/21.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 21 UTL98
Elements Performance criteria
303.2.6 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.
303.2.7 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.
303.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.
303.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the work conforms to requirements.
303.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.
Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.
Equipment/components may include gear boxes, worms, crowns and pins, bearings, rams, brakes, shafts and sheaves.
Materials may include bearings, white metal, oils, gland packing, seals, welding materials and gaskets.
Plant may include electrical welders, oxyacetylene equipment, hydraulic bearing pullers, ultrasonic or eddy current bearing expanders and bearing pullers.
Work tasks may include the fitting and maintenance of engineering components involving dismantling, repair, replacement, assembly and final fitting of items, assemblies and sub-assemblies.
Technical drawings may include engineering drawings, detailed/technical sketches and associated data sheets.
Measurements may include engineering squares, sine bars, angle gauge, engineering level, micrometer, height gauge, hardness tester, precision levels, straight edge, feeler, dial gauge, verniers and callipers.
![Page 22: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/22.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
22 © UTL98
Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:
1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.
1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.
1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings
Knowledge and Skills - Basic
Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.
1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.
2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.
![Page 23: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/23.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 23 UTL98
3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Mechanical measurement.
Measurement applications
Lengths Temperature Weights Pressure Electrical Magnetic measuring tape Zinc Hardness testing
Measurement units and instruments
Units of measurement Measuring instruments Measuring techniques
Quality control
Standards Tolerances Limitations Precision Accuracy of measurements Instruments
2. Produce sketches.
Technical drawing standards - AS1100Projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations
Line types Three dimensional views Symbols Dimensioning Contour maps Freehand sketching and dimensioning
3. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.
OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools
Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR
![Page 24: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/24.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
24 © UTL98
3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Fitting techniques 1.
Scraping Reaming Dowelling Pinning
Pegging Keying Three dimensional marking out
2. Fitting techniques 2.
Aligning Static balancing Pipe and tube bending
Pipe fitting Mechanical seals Static seals Jointing
3. Assembling and adjusting mechanical components.
Bolts and nuts
Types and sizes Tensile strength Corrosion Washers, flat and spring
4. Escalator and moving walk mechanics.
Escalators Statutory requirements
Lift Code OH&S Emergency stop Danger signage Barriers Running clearances
Purpose of Controller Safety devices Chain/steps Hand rail
Repair Steps/belts/pallets Combs Guards Balustrades Newel rollers Balustrade lighting
Adjustments Chains Hand rail
Safe working procedures
Removing steps/pallets Working in motor room/pit Cleaning/lubricating Guards
Hand rails
Remove/refit
Installation and commissioning
Aligning Testing Handling Running clearances
Escalator types to suit applications
Volume of people Gradient Multi floor use
Moving walks Types
Continuous belt
![Page 25: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/25.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 25 UTL98
Brake Steps Safety devices
Palletised
Statutory requirements
OH&S Lift Code
Comparison with escalator
5. Machine balancing, levelling and alignment.
Balancing
Two plane balancing Flexible balancing Analogue, digital or vector graph Component set up Comparing results
Levelling/alignment
Principles Reasons Equipment set up Measurements/readings Calculations/adjustments
6. Hydraulics.
Hydraulic components Hydraulic circuitry Servicing
7. Electro-hydraulic lifts - mechanical operation.
Principles of fluid power
Fluids Hydraulics Pascal’s Law Safety considerations of fluids under pressure
Components
Pump Control of hydraulic pressure Solenoid values Directional flow
Pressure gauge
Ram/cylinders
Single stage Multi stage
Oil cooler Oil reservoir Filters Seals Bleeding lines
Lift applications Types of arrangements
Side acting Direct Suspended
Requirements of Lift Code/Standards Viewing communication windows Labelling circuit breakers’ Head room/top of car Pump installation under car Anti-creep devices Closing of landing doors
Emergency passenger release Manual lowering OH&S considerations communications
![Page 26: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/26.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
26 © UTL98
General operation
8. Fluid power.
Fluid power Fluid power components
Servicing Principles
9. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:
− technical manuals and instructions
− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies
− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:
Legislation and Australian Standards
Consultative processes
Training and development
Hazard identification and assessment
Risk assessment and management
Monitoring procedures and records.
10. Time management and co-ordination processes.
11. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.
12. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.
13. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.
14. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.
15. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.
16. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.
17. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.
18. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.
19. Maintain and promote personal well being.
20. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.
21. Use hand tools.
22. Use power tools - hand held operation.
23. Measure with graduated devices.
24. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.
25. Interpret technical drawings.
26. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.
![Page 27: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/27.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 27 UTL98
4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.
5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.
6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.
In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.
ROV Guideline for Advanced Mechanical Fitting Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C and Group D and Group E and Group F. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.
The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
A At least 2 Plant electric welders oxyacetylene equipment hydraulic bearing pullers ultrasonic or eddy current bearing expanders bearing pullers
![Page 28: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/28.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
28 © UTL98
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
B At least 2 Equipment/components gear boxes worms crowns and pins bearings rams brakes shafts sheaves electric motors
C At least 2 Materials bearings white metal oils gland packing seals welding materials gaskets
D At least 2 Work tasks fitting and maintenance of engineering components involving dismantling, repair, replacement, assembly and final fitting of items, assemblies and sub-assemblies
E At least 2 Technical drawings engineering drawings detailed/technical sketches data sheets
F At least 3 Measurement engineering squares sine bars angle gauge engineering level micrometer height gauge hardness tester precision levels straight edge feeler gauge dial gauge verniers callipers
![Page 29: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/29.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 29 UTL98
Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.
In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.
![Page 30: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/30.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
30 © UTL98
UTL NLS304 A Fabricate and Modify Components
Descriptor: This unit covers the fabrication and modification of metal and timber components.
Elements Performance criteria
304.1 Plan and prepare for fabrication/modification.
304.1.1 Fabrication/modification is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.
304.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.
304.1.3 Work is checked against job requirements.
304.1.4 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.
304.1.5 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.
304.1.6 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.
304.2 Fabricate/modify components.
304.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed.
304.2.2 Fabrication/modification is carried out in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.
304.2.3 Variation to fabrication/modification is carried out in accordance to customer/client requirements.
304.2.4 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures
304.2.5 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.
![Page 31: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/31.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 31 UTL98
Elements Performance criteria
304.2.6 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.
304.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.
304.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the installations conform to requirements.
304.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.
Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.
Components may include templates, concrete boxing, false cars and covers and guards.
Materials may include sheet metal, metal mesh, timber, tube and ferrous or non-ferrous sections.
Plant may include gas or arc welding equipment, docking or mitre saw, planer, power hacksaw and cut-off wheel.
Technical drawings may include sketches and modified drawings.
![Page 32: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/32.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
32 © UTL98
Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:
1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.
1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.
1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings
Knowledge and Skills - Basic
Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.
1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.
2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.
![Page 33: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/33.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 33 UTL98
3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Science and materials.
Calculations
mathematical techniques linear measurement areas volumes ratios
Engineering materials
classification ferrous and non-ferrous metalssteels, alloys properties tensile strength expansion in metals stress and strain ductility applications corrosion galvanic corrosion hardwoods and soft woods
Engineering mechanics
base physical quantities S.I. units, their application mass, velocity, acceleration force, weight, density, angles energy/work/power moments and torque centre of gravity mechanical advantage levers pulley blocks efficiency friction vectors resolution of forces forces in strung conductors forces on poles and towers determination of sag pressure/stress elementary fluid
2. Produce sketches.
Technical drawing standards - AS1100 Projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations
Line types Three dimensional views Symbols Dimensioning Freehand sketching and dimensioning
3. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.
OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools
Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR
![Page 34: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/34.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
34 © UTL98
3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Fabrication - structural.
Structural steel sections Angle and channel fabrications
Universal beams Column fabrication
2. Fabrication techniques.
Measurement
Devices Techniques Calibration Error
Marking out
Layout Witness marks Mediums
Dowelling
Straight Stepped
Pinning and pegging
Taper Parallel Spring Clevis Pins
3. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:
− technical manuals and instructions
− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies
− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:
Legislation and Australian Standards
Consultative processes
Training and development
Hazard identification and assessment
Risk assessment and management
Monitoring procedures and records.
4. Time management and co-ordination processes.
5. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.
6. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.
7. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.
8. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.
9. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.
10. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.
![Page 35: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/35.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 35 UTL98
11. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.
12. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.
13. Maintain and promote personal well being.
14. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.
15. Use hand tools.
16. Use power tools - hand held operation.
17. Measure with graduated devices.
18. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.
19. Interpret technical drawings.
20. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.
21. Perform general purpose welding.
22. Perform general purpose soldering where necessary.
4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.
5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.
6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.
In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.
![Page 36: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/36.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
36 © UTL98
ROV Guideline for Fabricate and Modify Components Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.
The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
A At least 2 Components templates concrete boxing false cars covers and guards
B At least 3 Materials sheet metal metal mesh timber tube ferrous or non-ferrous sections
C At least 2 Plant gas or arc welding equipment docking or mitre saw planer power hacksaw cut-off wheel
Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.
In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.
![Page 37: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/37.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 37 UTL98
UTL NLS305 A Alignment of Lift Structures
Descriptor: This unit covers the measuring, marking out and aligning of the lift installation including machine room equipment, lift well equipment, the lift car and associated equipment and the landing door frames and doors.
Elements Performance criteria 305.1 Plan and prepare
for alignment procedures.
305.1.1 Alignment is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.
305.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.
305.1.3 Alignment procedures are checked against job requirements.
305.1.4 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.
305.1.5 Tools, equipment, testing and adjustment devices needed to carry out the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.
305.1.6 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.
305.2 Conduct alignment procedures .
305.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed.
305.2.2 Normal function of equipment is ascertained in accordance with requirements.
305.2.3 Circuits are checked as being isolated where necessary using specified testing procedures.
305.2.4 Equipment is aligned in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.
305.2.3 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.
![Page 38: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/38.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
38 © UTL98
Elements Performance criteria 305.2.4 Approval is obtained in accordance with
established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.
305.2.5 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.
305.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.
305.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the alignment of equipment conforms to requirements.
305.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.
Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.
Lift well alignment Alignment will involve square, plumb, level or by comparison with adjacent equipment and may include plumb lines, enterprise specific measuring devices.
Lift car alignment Aligning the car will include the superstructure, car frames, floors, control station and doors.
Machine room alignment Critical alignment is between the driving sheave and secondary/diverter sheave, sheaves to car and counterweight centre lines, vertical alignment of sheave and roping system and alignment based on vertical, horizontal and inter-component centrelines.
Alignment equipment Alignment equipment and materials are to include templates (wooden or metal), straight edges, plumb line, fasteners, plumb weights, rail gauges and shims/packers and may include lasers.
Running clearances Running clearances include safety gear clearances, guide clearance, car operating devices eg. slowdown switch, limits, inductors and emergency terminal devices , brackets (rail, counterweight, ladders, electrical equipment, flexes), car doors and landing door locks.
![Page 39: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/39.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 39 UTL98
Equipment/components may include rails, beams, brackets, head beams and sheaves, ladders, buffers, sole plates, false floor, governor frame (bottom wheel), counterweight screen, compensator frame and compensator, caisson, ram and cylinder, complete car frame including safety gear, platform and doors, guide rollers or shoes and sheaves or hitch plate, machine beams, hitch beams, controllers, governors, secondary or diverter sheaves, hydraulic pump units and piping, floor selectors, switchboards, tappet switches, hoisting machines, motor generator sets, tape, compensator and drop sheaves, power or manual operation horizontal sliding (side opening; single or multi-panel doors, centre opening; single or multi-panel doors),and may include manual operating hinged (side opening, centre opening, centre fold), power or manual operation vertical sliding (single or multi-panel), door frame, architectural finishes, landing door track, hanger tracks, hanger doors, rider plates, locks, vertical drive unit, replacement parts and sills.
Materials may include shims, packers, fasteners and grout.
![Page 40: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/40.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
40 © UTL98
Evidence Guide
1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:
1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.
1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.
1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings
Knowledge and Skills - Basic
Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.
1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.
2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.
![Page 41: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/41.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 41 UTL98
3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Science and materials.
Calculations
mathematical techniques linear measurement areas volumes ratios
Engineering materials
classification ferrous and non-ferrous metalssteels, alloys properties tensile strength expansion in metals stress and strain ductility applications corrosion galvanic corrosion hardwoods and soft woods
Engineering mechanics
base physical quantities S.I. units, their application mass, velocity, acceleration force, weight, density, angles energy/work/power moments and torque centre of gravity mechanical advantage levers pulley blocks efficiency friction vectors resolution of forces pressure/stress
2. Hand tools.
Tool types
Measuring Material removal Marking out Mechanical
Care
Safety Storage Faulty tool procedures Routine maintenance
Use
Safety Measuring Marking out Material removal Mechanical
3. Produce sketches.
Technical drawing standards - AS1100Projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations
Line types Three dimensional views Symbols Dimensioning Contour maps Freehand sketching and dimensioning
![Page 42: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/42.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
42 © UTL98
4. Basic mechanical measurement.
Measurement applications
Lengths Temperature Weights Pressure Electrical Magnetic measuring tape Zinc Hardness testing
Measurement units and instruments
Units of measurement Measuring instruments Measuring techniques
Quality control
Standards Tolerances Limitations Precision Accuracy of measurements Instruments
5. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.
OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools
Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR
3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Lift equipment alignment techniques.
Equipment layout
Specifications Clearances 3D impact on layout Lift code
Alignment equipment
Gauges Straight edges Rail gauges Shims/packers Lasers
Machine room alignment
Machine and fixings Diverter sheave Governor and tensioning sheaves Counterweight centre lines Sheave and roping system
Lift car alignment
Superstructure Frames Door and operator
Lift well alignment
Guides and brackets Trimmer beams Buffers Landing doors and locks Compensators
Running clearances
Safety gear Car sill Doors
Car operating devices
Slowdown switch Limits Inductors Door locks Vanes Shaft information
Installation and aligning hydraulic equipment procedure
Ram/Cylinder Hydraulic Lines Bleeding Hydraulic system
![Page 43: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/43.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 43 UTL98
2. Power tools - hand held operation.
Fixed position
Offhand grinders
Portable
Drills Grinders Jigsaws Nibblers Shears
Job planning
Safety Tool selection Work holding Cutting fluids Protection
Off hand grinder
Safety Machine set up Cutting fluids
Drilling operations
Safety Drill holding methods Work holding methods
Using portable power tools
Safety Power sources Work holding
3. Fitting techniques 1.
Scraping Reaming Dowelling Pinning
Pegging Keying Three dimensional marking out
4. Assembling and adjusting mechanical components.
Bolts and nuts
Types and sizes Tensile strength Corrosion Washers, flat and spring
![Page 44: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/44.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
44 © UTL98
5. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:
− technical manuals and instructions
− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies
− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:
Legislation and Australian Standards
Consultative processes
Training and development
Hazard identification and assessment
Risk assessment and management
Monitoring procedures and records.
6. Time management and co-ordination processes.
7. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.
8. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.
9. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.
10. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.
11. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.
12. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.
13. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.
14. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.
15. Maintain and promote personal well being.
16. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.
17. Use hand tools.
18. Use power tools - hand held operation.
19. Measure with graduated devices.
20. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.
21. Interpret technical drawings.
22. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.
23. Mix and apply concrete where necessary.
24. Cut or heat using oxyacetylene equipment where necessary.
25. Conduct general purpose welding where necessary.
![Page 45: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/45.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 45 UTL98
4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.
5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.
6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.
In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.
ROV Guideline for Alignment of Lift Structures
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
A At least 2 Lift well alignment Alignment will involve square, plumb, level or by comparison with adjacent equipment and may include plumb lines, enterprise specific measuring devices
Lift car alignment Aligning the car will include the superstructure, car frames, floors, control station and doors
Machine room alignment Critical alignment is between the driving sheave and secondary/diverter sheave, sheaves to car and counterweight centre lines, vertical alignment of sheave and roping system and alignment based on vertical, horizontal and inter-component centrelines
![Page 46: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/46.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
46 © UTL98
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
Alignment equipment Alignment equipment and materials are to include templates (wooden or metal), straight edges, plumb line, fasteners, plumb weights, rail gauges and shims/packers and may include lasers
Running clearances Running clearances include safety gear clearances, guide clearance, car operating devices eg. slowdown switch, limits, inductors and emergency terminal devices , brackets (rail, counterweight, ladders, electrical equipment, flexes), car doors and landing door locks.
Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.
In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.
![Page 47: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/47.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 47 UTL98
UTL NLS306 A Single Wrap Roping of Lifts
Descriptor: This unit covers the installation /replacement of suspension, governor, selector, tappet and compensator ropes or chains, 1:1 single wrap systems.
Elements Performance criteria
306.1 Plan and prepare for installation.
306.1.1 Installation is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.
306.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.
306.1.3 Number, diameter, type and length of rope are determined and checked against job requirements.
306.1.4 Equipment is obtained in accordance with established procedures and to comply with requirements.
306.1.5 Location in which equipment is to be installed is determined from job requirements.
306.1.6 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.
306.1.7 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the installation/replacement work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.
306.1.8 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.
306.2 Install/replace roping systems.
306.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures for installing electrical apparatus are followed.
306.2.2 Roping systems and equipment are installed in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.
![Page 48: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/48.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
48 © UTL98
Elements Performance criteria
306.2.3 Variation to installation is carried out in accordance to customer/client requirements.
306.2.4 Ropes are positioned and terminated in accordance with requirements.
306.2.5 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.
306.2.6 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.
306.2.7 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.
306.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.
306.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the installations conform to requirements.
306.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.
Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.
Equipment may include overhead traction machines, drum drive machines, chain driving service lifts, overhead traction service lifts and electro-hydraulic roped lifts.
Components may include single wrap, one to one suspension roping, rope or chain compensation, governor rope, tappet switch rope, selector drive rope, electro-hydraulic suspension rope and chain (service lifts).
Materials may include wire rope, swaged fittings, wedge type rope sockets, babbit metal or resin socketing materials, eye bolts, thimbles, equalisers, compression springs and open link or encapsulated chains.
Plant may include chain block, winches, slings, props, rope reel cradles, rope clamps, babbiting equipment, splicing clamps, marlin spike, fiddle and rope tension gauge.
![Page 49: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/49.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 49 UTL98
Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:
1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.
1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.
1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings
Knowledge and Skills - Basic
Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.
1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.
2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.
![Page 50: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/50.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
50 © UTL98
3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Science and materials.
Calculations
mathematical techniques linear measurement areas volumes ratios
Engineering materials
classification ferrous and non-ferrous metalssteels, alloys properties tensile strength expansion in metals stress and strain ductility applications corrosion galvanic corrosion hardwoods and soft woods
Engineering mechanics
base physical quantities S.I. units, their application mass, velocity, acceleration force, weight, density, angles energy/work/power moments and torque centre of gravity mechanical advantage levers pulley blocks efficiency friction vectors resolution of forces forces in strung conductors pressure/stress elementary fluid mechanics
2. Hand tools.
Tool types
Measuring Material removal Marking out Mechanical
Care
Safety Storage Faulty tool procedures Routine maintenance
Use
Safety Measuring Marking out Material removal Mechanical
![Page 51: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/51.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 51 UTL98
3. Produce sketches.
Technical drawing standards - AS1100Projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations
Line types Three dimensional views Symbols Dimensioning Freehand sketching and dimensioning
4. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.
OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools
Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR
3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Power tools - hand held operation.
Fixed position
Offhand grinders
Portable
Drills Grinders Jigsaws Nibblers Shears
Job planning
Safety Tool selection Work holding Cutting fluids Protection
Off hand grinder
Safety Machine set up Cutting fluids
Drilling operations
Safety Drill holding methods Work holding methods
Using portable power tools
Safety Power sources Work holding
2. Rigging and roping procedures - lifts.
Lifting loads vertically
Pulley systems Chain block and pull lifts Winches
Safety equipment requirements
Safety belt Harness Lifelines/lanyards Fall arresting devices
Erection and dismantling of
Erection and dismantling of light duty swing stage
Design Overhead supports Counterweights Assembly Loading Disassembly
Erection and disassembly of overhead safety protection and platforms
![Page 52: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/52.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
52 © UTL98
boatswain’s chair
Design Overhead support Lacing tackle Raising and securing chair Order of dismantling Inspection Storage
Design Erection Dismantling
3. Roping - lift systems.
Single wrap
Hoisting Governor Tappet Compensator Selector
Multiple wrap
Hoisting
Types of ropes
Normal lay Langs lay
Rope attachments
Standards ends Splices Wedges sockets Talurit fitting Babbit sockets Secon fitting
4. Use and care of lifting equipment.
Regulations
Hoisting appliances Fork lift trucks Manual handling of materials Electrical conductors
Lifting loads and protection
Safe working loads and load limits Ropes Chains Synthetic fibre slings Calculation of SWL Lashing, controlling loads, sling attachment Sling accessories Safe lifting practice
Estimation of mass Cranes and powered lifting equipment
Crane types Mobile cranes Operation of cranes Chain blocks and chain pulls Creeper winches Types of jacks Accessories Bands and hitches
Crane signals Fork lifts Lifting special materials Packing and cribbing
![Page 53: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/53.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 53 UTL98
5. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:
− technical manuals and instructions
− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies
− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:
Legislation and Australian Standards
Consultative processes
Training and development
Hazard identification and assessment
Risk assessment and management
Monitoring procedures and records.
6. Time management and co-ordination processes.
7. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.
8. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.
9. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.
10. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.
11. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.
12. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.
13. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.
14. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.
15. Maintain and promote personal well being.
16. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.
17. Use hand tools.
18. Use power tools - hand held operation.
19. Measure with graduated devices.
20. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.
21. Interpret technical drawings.
22. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.
![Page 54: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/54.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
54 © UTL98
4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.
5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.
6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.
In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.
ROV Guideline for Single Wrap Roping of Lifts Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C and Group D. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.
The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
A At least 2 Equipment overhead traction machines drum drive machines chain drive service lifts overhead traction service lifts electro-hydraulic roped lifts
![Page 55: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/55.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 55 UTL98
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
B At least 3 Components single wrap one to one suspension roping rope or chain compensation governor rope tappet switch rope selector drive rope electro-hydraulic suspension rope chain (service lifts)
C At least 3 Materials wire rope swaged fittings wedge type rope sockets babbit metal or resin socketing materials eye bolts thimbles equalisers compression sperings open link or encapsulated chains
D At least 3 Plant chain block winches slings props rope reel cradles rope clamps babbiting equipment splicing clamps marlin spike fiddle rope tension gauge
Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.
In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.
![Page 56: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/56.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
56 © UTL98
UTL NLS307 A Multiple Wrap Roping of Lifts
Descriptor: This unit covers the installation /replacement of suspension, governor, selector, tappet and compensator ropes or chains, single or double wrap systems.
Elements Performance criteria
307.1 Plan and prepare for installation.
307.1.1 Installation is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.
307.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.
307.1.3 Number, diameter, type and length of rope are determined and checked against job requirements.
307.1.4 Equipment is obtained in accordance with established procedures and to comply with requirements.
307.1.5 Location in which equipment is to be installed is determined from job requirements.
307.1.6 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.
307.1.7 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the installation/replacement work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.
307.1.8 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.
307.2 Install/replace roping system.
307.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed.
307.2.2 Roping system and equipment is installed in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.
![Page 57: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/57.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 57 UTL98
Elements Performance criteria
307.2.3 Variation to installation is carried out in accordance to customer/client requirements.
307.2.4 Ropes are positioned and terminated in accordance with requirements.
307.2.5 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.
307.2.6 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.
307.2.7 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.
307.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.
307.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the installation/replacement conforms to requirements.
307.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.
Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.
Equipment may include traction and drum drive overhead machines, single or double wrap traction, single or multiple roping systems, overhead or basement machines, side slung or underslung systems, hydraulic drive rope systems, chain drive service, compensator and governor/selector.
Tools may include rope cutters and rope tension gauges.
Materials may include wire rope, swage fittings, wedge type rope sockets, individually tapered rope sockets, socketing material (babbitt metal or resin) eyebolts, thimbles, compression springs and open link or encapsulated compensator chain.
Plant may include chainblocks, winches, slings, props, rope reel cradles, babbitting equipment, rope clamps and whipping.
![Page 58: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/58.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
58 © UTL98
Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:
1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.
1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.
1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings
Knowledge and Skills - Basic
Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.
1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.
2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.
![Page 59: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/59.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 59 UTL98
3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Science and materials.
Calculations
mathematical techniques linear measurement areas volumes ratios
Engineering materials
classification ferrous and non-ferrous metalssteels, alloys properties tensile strength expansion in metals stress and strain ductility applications corrosion galvanic corrosion hardwoods and soft woods
Engineering mechanics
base physical quantities S.I. units, their application mass, velocity, acceleration force, weight, density, angles energy/work/power moments and torque centre of gravity mechanical advantage levers pulley blocks efficiency friction vectors resolution of forces pressure/stress
2. Hand tools.
Tool types
Measuring Material removal Marking out Mechanical
Care
Safety Storage Faulty tool procedures Routine maintenance
Use
Safety Measuring Marking out Material removal Mechanical
3. Produce sketches.
Technical drawing standards - AS1100Projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations
Line types Three dimensional views Symbols Dimensioning Contour maps Freehand sketching and dimensioning
![Page 60: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/60.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
60 © UTL98
4. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.
OH&S Act
Personal safety
Workplace hazards
Working electronically operated tools
Rescue from a live electrical situation
Coping with an injury
Resuscitation
CPR
3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Roping - lift systems.
Single wrap
Hoisting Governor Tappet Compensator Selector
Multiple wrap
Hoisting
Types of ropes
Normal lay Langs lay
Rope attachments
Standards ends Splices Wedges sockets Talurit fitting Babbit sockets Secon fitting
2. Assembling and adjusting mechanical components.
Bolts and nuts
Types and sizes Tensile strength Corrosion Washers, flat and spring
3. Power tools - hand held operation.
Fixed position
Offhand grinders
Portable
Drills Grinders Jigsaws Nibblers Shears
Job planning
Safety Tool selection Work holding Cutting fluids
Off hand grinder
Safety Machine set up Cutting fluids
Drilling operations
Safety Drill holding methods Work holding methods
Using portable power tools
Safety Power sources Work holding
![Page 61: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/61.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 61 UTL98
Protection
4. Rigging and roping procedures - lifts.
Lifting loads vertically
Pulley systems Chain block and pull lifts Winches
Safety equipment requirements
Safety belt Harness Lifelines/lanyards Fall arresting devices
Erection and dismantling of boatswain’s chair
Design Overhead support Lacing tackle Raising and securing chair Order of dismantling Inspection Storage
Erection and dismantling of light duty swing stage
Design Overhead supports Counterweights Assembly Loading Disassembly
Erection and disassembly of overhead safety protection and platforms
Design Erection Dismantling
5. Use and care of lifting equipment.
Regulations
Hoisting appliances Fork lift trucks Manual handling of materials Electrical conductors
Lifting loads and protection
Safe working loads and load limits Ropes Chains Synthetic fibre slings Calculation of SWL Lashing, controlling loads, sling attachment Sling accessories Safe lifting practice
Estimation of mass Cranes and powered lifting equipment
Crane types Mobile cranes Operation of cranes Chain blocks and chain pulls Creeper winches Types of jacks Accessories Bands and hitches
Crane signals Fork lifts Lifting special materials Packing and cribbing
![Page 62: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/62.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
62 © UTL98
6. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:
− technical manuals and instructions
− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies
− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:
Legislation and Australian Standards
Consultative processes
Training and development
Hazard identification and assessment
Risk assessment and management
Monitoring procedures and records.
7. Time management and co-ordination processes.
8. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.
9. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.
10. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.
11. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.
12. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.
13. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.
14. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.
15. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.
16. Maintain and promote personal well being.
17. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.
18. Use hand tools.
19. Use power tools - hand held operation.
20. Measure with graduated devices.
21. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.
22. Interpret technical drawings.
23. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.
![Page 63: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/63.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 63 UTL98
4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.
5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.
6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.
In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.
ROV Guideline for Multiple Wrap Roping of Lifts Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C and Group D. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.
The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
A At least 4 Materials wire rope swage fittings wedge type rope sockets individually tapered rope sockets, socketing material (babbitt metal or resin) eyebolts thimbles compression springs open link or encapsulated compensator chain
![Page 64: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/64.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
64 © UTL98
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
B At least 4 Plant chainblocks winches slings props rope reel cradles babbitting equipment rope clamps whipping
C Do all Tools rope cutters rope tension gauges
D At least 3 Equipment traction and drum drive overhead machines single or double wrap traction single or multiple roping systems overhead or basement machines side slung or underslung systems, hydraulic drive rope systems chain drive service compensator governor/selector
Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.
In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.
![Page 65: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/65.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 65 UTL98
UTL NLS308 A Inspect Ropes Descriptor: This unit covers the inspection of suspension, governor, compensator,
floor selector and tappet switch ropes. Elements Performance criteria
308.1 Plan and prepare to undertake inspection of ropes.
308.1.1 Inspection procedures are planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.
308.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.
308.1.3 Inspection procedures are checked against requirements.
308.1.4 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the inspection are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.
308.2 Undertake inspection procedures of ropes.
308.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed.
308.2.2 Circuits are checked as being isolated where necessary using specified testing procedures.
308.2.3 Inspection procedures are performed in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.
308.2.4 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.
308.2.5 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.
308.2.6 On-going checks of the quality of the inspection work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.
308.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.
308.3.1 Final performance checks are undertaken to ensure that the inspection procedures conform to requirements.
308.3.2 Completion of inspection is notified in
![Page 66: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/66.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
66 © UTL98
Elements Performance criteria accordance with established procedures.
Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.
Equipment may include geared traction drive, gearless traction drive, drum drive and suspended electro-hydraulic drive.
Roping systems may include single or double wrap, single or multiple fall, side slung or underslung, overhead or basement drive and drum drive.
Materials may include steel and galvanised wire rope.
Components may include suspension ropes, governor ropes, tappet ropes, compensator ropes and floor selector tapes or ropes.
Reporting recommendations include rope condemnation, frequency of inspections, rope lubrication, sheave re-grooving or replacement and rope length or tension adjustment.
![Page 67: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/67.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 67 UTL98
Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:
1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.
1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.
1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings
Knowledge and Skills – Basic
Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.
1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.
2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.
![Page 68: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/68.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
68 © UTL98
3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.
OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools
Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR
3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Rope inspection.
Inspection of ropes
Requirements of Lift Code/ enterprise Purpose Wear Broken strands Diameter Deformation Corrosion Lubrication Tension
Rope stretch
Requirements of Lift Code/ enterprise Counterweight clearance Compensatory equipment
Inspection of rope attachments
Requirements of Lift Code/ enterprise Rope anchor rods Castings Springs Wedges Swaging Checking for fracturing, deformation Remedial action
Inspection of sheaves
Groove condition Riffling Ropes down in sheaves
Maintenance records
2. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:
− technical manuals and instructions
− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies
− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:
Legislation and Australian Standards
Consultative processes
Training and development
Hazard identification and assessment
Risk assessment and management
Monitoring procedures and records.
![Page 69: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/69.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 69 UTL98
3. Time management and co-ordination processes.
4. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.
5. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.
6. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.
7. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.
8. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.
9. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.
10. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.
11. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.
12. Maintain and promote personal well being.
13. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.
14. Use hand tools.
15. Use power tools - hand held operation.
16. Measure with graduated devices.
17. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.
18. Interpret technical drawings.
19. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.
4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.
5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.
6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.
In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.
![Page 70: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/70.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
70 © UTL98
ROV Guideline for Inspect Ropes Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C and Group D. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.
The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
A At least 2 Equipment geared traction drive gearless traction drive drum drive suspended electro-hydraulic drive
B At least 2 Roping systems single or double wrap single or multiple fall side slung or underslung overhead or basement drive drum drive
C At least 2 Components suspension ropes governor ropes tappet ropes compensator ropes floor selector tapes/ropes
D Do all Reporting recommendations rope condemnation frequency of inspections rope lubrication sheave re-grooving or replacement rope length or tension adjustment
Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.
In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.
![Page 71: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/71.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 71 UTL98
UTL NLS309 A Repair Escalator Handrails
Descriptor: Undertake work involving the repair or replacement of escalator handrails.
Elements Performance criteria
309.1 Plan and prepare for the repair or replacement of escalator handrails.
309.1.1 Repair/replacement is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.
309.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.
309.1.3 Repair/replacement is checked against job requirements.
309.1.4 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.
309.1.5 Tools and equipment needed to carry out the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.
309.1.6 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.
309.2 Repair/replace escalator handrails.
309.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures for repair/replace escalator handrails are followed.
309.2.2 Normal function of escalator handrails is ascertained in accordance with requirements.
309.2.3 Isolating switches are checked as being isolated where necessary using specified testing procedures.
309.2.4 Escalator handrails are repaired/replaced in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.
309.2.5 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.
![Page 72: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/72.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
72 © UTL98
Elements Performance criteria
309.2.6 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.
309.2.7 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.
309.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.
309.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the work conforms to requirements.
309.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.
Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.
Materials may include solvent-based rubber cement, steel tape, mylar sheeting, buffing pads, other solvents and sanding discs.
Tools may include hook knife, roller, serrated stitcher, scissors, awl, craft knife, wire cutters, vice grip pliers, hand abrader, vulcanising unit, timber shaping mould, handrail and tensioning clamps.
Plant may include work stand, rope block and tackle.
![Page 73: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/73.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 73 UTL98
Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:
1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.
1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.
1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings
Knowledge and Skills - Basic
Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.
1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.
2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.
![Page 74: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/74.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
74 © UTL98
3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Hand tools.
Tool types
Measuring Material removal Marking out Mechanical
Care
Safety Storage Faulty tool procedures Routine maintenance
Use
Safety Measuring Marking out Material removal Mechanical
2. Produce sketches.
Technical drawing standards - AS1100Projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations
Line types Three dimensional views Symbols Dimensioning Contour maps Freehand sketching and dimensioning
3. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.
OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools
Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR
![Page 75: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/75.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 75 UTL98
3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Power tools - hand held operation.
Fixed position
Offhand grinders
Portable
Drills Grinders Jigsaws Nibblers Shears
Job planning
Safety Tool selection Work holding Cutting fluids Protection
Off hand grinder
Safety Machine set up Cutting fluids
Drilling operations
Safety Drill holding methods Work holding methods
Using portable power tools
Safety Power sources Work holding
2. Escalator hand rail repair.
Fault detection
Wear Split Cuts Chemical
Removal and replacement
Splicing and vulcanising
Solvents Cements Mylar sheet Sanding and buffing
Safety
3. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:
− technical manuals and instructions
− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies
− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:
Legislation and Australian Standards
Consultative processes
Training and development
Hazard identification and assessment
Risk assessment and management
Monitoring procedures and records.
4. Time management and co-ordination processes.
5. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.
![Page 76: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/76.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
76 © UTL98
6. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.
7. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.
8. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.
9. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.
10. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.
11. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.
12. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.
13. Maintain and promote personal well being.
14. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.
15. Use hand tools.
16. Use power tools - hand held operation.
17. Measure with graduated devices.
18. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.
19. Interpret technical drawings.
20. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.
4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.
5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.
6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.
In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.
![Page 77: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/77.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 77 UTL98
ROV Guideline for Repair Escalator Handrails Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.
The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
A At least 1
Plant work stand rope block tackle
B At least 5
Materials solvent-based rubber cement steel tape mylar sheeting buffing pads other solvents sanding discs
C At least 6
Tools vulcanising unit timber shaping mould handrail tensioning clamps hook knife roller serrated stitcher awl craft knife
Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.
In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.
![Page 78: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/78.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
78 © UTL98
UTL NLS310 A Maintain Escalators/Moving Walks
Descriptor: This unit covers cleaning, lubrication, replacement and adjustment of escalator/moving walk mechanical components during scheduled maintenance.
Elements Performance criteria
310.1 Plan and prepare for maintenance.
310.1.1 Maintenance is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.
310.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.
310.1.3 Maintenance is checked against job requirements.
310.1.4 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.
310.1.5 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the maintenance work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.
310.1.6 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.
310.2 Maintain escalators/moving walks.
310.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed.
310.2.2 Circuits are checked as being isolated where necessary using specified testing procedures.
310.2.3 Maintenance is conducted in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.
310.2.4 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.
![Page 79: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/79.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 79 UTL98
Elements Performance criteria
310.2.5 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.
310.2.6 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.
310.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.
310.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the maintenance conforms to requirements.
310.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.
Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.
Equipment may include escalators (single or multiple units), moving walks (single or multiple units) and treadways (belt or pallet type).
Components may include handrails, steps, pallets, step-chains and associated driving equipment, chains, combs, guards, balustrades, step rollers and newel rollers.
Materials may include lubricants, solvents and cleaning material.
Maintenance activities may include cleaning, checking, adjusting and lubricating.
The range of maintenance activities to be performed will be contained in Enterprise Schedules covering routine maintenance of escalators and moving walks.
![Page 80: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/80.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
80 © UTL98
Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:
1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.
1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.
1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings
Knowledge and Skills - Basic
Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.
1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.
2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.
![Page 81: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/81.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 81 UTL98
3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Science and materials.
Calculations
mathematical techniques linear measurement areas volumes ratios
Engineering materials
classification ferrous and non-ferrous metalssteels, alloys properties tensile strength expansion in metals stress and strain ductility applications corrosion galvanic corrosion hardwoods and soft woods
Engineering mechanics
base physical quantities S.I. units, their application mass, velocity, acceleration force, weight, density, angles energy/work/power moments and torque centre of gravity mechanical advantage levers pulley blocks efficiency friction vectors resolution of forces forces in strung conductors pressure/stress elementary fluid mechanics
2. Drawing interpretation and sketching.
Technical drawing standards - AS1100Projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations
Line types Three dimensional views Symbols Dimensioning Freehand sketching and dimensioning
3. Workshop practices - basic.
Identification of tools Use of tools Fitting techniques Application of tools Metal fabrication, materials and techniques Safety Machine adjustment
Belt tensioning Basic alignment
Gland
Packing Adjustment
Bearing
Selection Removal Replacement
Hinges
Free movement Adjustment
![Page 82: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/82.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
82 © UTL98
4. Occupational Health and Safety - basics
OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools
Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR
3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Escalator and moving walk mechanics
Escalators Statutory and enterprise requirements
Lift Code OH&S Emergency stop Danger signage Barriers Running clearances
Purpose of
Truss Track Systems Controller Safety devices Chain/steps Hand rail
Repair
Steps/belts/pallets Comb plates Guards Balustrades Newel rollers Balustrade lighting
Adjustments
Chains Hand rail length and entry Brake Steps Safety devices Tension Carriage
Safe working procedures
Removing steps/pallets Working in motor room/pit Cleaning/lubricating Guards
Hand rails
Remove/refit
Installation and commissioning
Aligning Testing Handling Running clearances
Escalator types to suit applications
Volume of people Gradient Multi floor use
Moving walks Types
Continuous belt Palletised
Statutory requirements
OH&S Lift Code
Comparison with escalator
![Page 83: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/83.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 83 UTL98
2. Basic mechanical measurement.
Measurement applications
Lengths Temperature Weights Pressure Electrical Magnetic measuring tape Zinc Hardness testing
Measurement units and instruments
Units of measurement Measuring instruments Measuring techniques
Quality control
Standards Tolerances Limitations Precision Accuracy of measurements Instruments
3. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:
− technical manuals and instructions
− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies
− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:
Legislation and Australian Standards
Consultative processes
Training and development
Hazard identification and assessment
Risk assessment and management
Monitoring procedures and records.
4. Time management and co-ordination processes.
5. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.
6. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.
7. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.
8. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.
9. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.
10. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.
11. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.
12. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.
13. Maintain and promote personal well being.
14. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.
15. Use hand tools.
![Page 84: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/84.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
84 © UTL98
16. Use power tools - hand held operation.
17. Measure with graduated devices.
18. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.
19. Interpret technical drawings.
20. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.
21. Perform general purpose soldering where necessary.
22. Check and adjust safety devices to enterprise specific requirements.
4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.
5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.
6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.
In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.
![Page 85: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/85.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 85 UTL98
ROV Guideline for Maintain Escalators/Moving Walks Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C and Group D and Group E. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.
The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
A At least 1
Equipment escalators (single or multiple units) moving walks (single or multiple units) treadways (belt or pallet type)
B At least 3
Components handrails steps pallets step-chains and associated driving equipment chains combs guards balustrades step rollers newel rollers.
C At least 1 Materials lubricants, solvents and waste material
D At least 2
Maintenance activities cleaning checking adjusting lubricating
E Do all Safety devices check adjust
![Page 86: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/86.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
86 © UTL98
Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.
In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.
![Page 87: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/87.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 87 UTL98
UTL NLS311 A Install Escalators/Moving Walks
Descriptor: This unit covers the installation and commissioning of escalators and moving walks.
Elements Performance criteria
311.1 Plan and prepare for installation.
311.1.1 Installation is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.
311.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.
311.1.3 Equipment and components are checked against job requirements.
311.1.4 Equipment and components are obtained in accordance with established procedures and to comply with requirements.
311.1.5 Location in which equipment and components are to be installed is determined from job requirements.
311.1.6 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.
311.1.7 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the installation work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.
311.1.8 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.
311.2 Install and align escalators/moving walks.
311.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures for installation and alignment are followed.
311.2.2 Equipment and components are installed in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.
311.2.3 Variation to installation is carried out in accordance to customer/client requirements.
![Page 88: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/88.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
88 © UTL98
Elements Performance criteria
311.2.4 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.
311.2.5 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.
311.2.6 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.
311.3 Commission, inspect and notify completion of work.
311.3.1 Components are set to specifications, and clearances and various tensions checked for compliance with manufacturer’s specifications.
311.3.2 All equipment is cleaned in accordance with enterprise procedures.
311.3.3 Final inspections and operation are undertaken to ensure the installed escalator/moving walk conforms to requirements.
311.3.4 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.
Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.
Equipment may include escalators (single or multiple units), moving walks (single or multiple units), treadways (belt and pallet type).
Components may include safety devices, motor, controller, handrails, steps, pallets, step-chains, brakes and associated driving equipment.
Plant may include electric winches, chain hoists, gantries, welding equipment, dumpy/ laser levels, hydraulic screwjacks and skates.
Technical drawings may include schematics and layouts
![Page 89: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/89.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 89 UTL98
Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:
1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.
1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.
1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings
Knowledge and Skills - Basic
Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.
1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.
2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.
![Page 90: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/90.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
90 © UTL98
3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Science and materials.
Calculations
mathematical techniques linear measurement areas volumes ratios
Engineering materials
classification ferrous and non-ferrous metalssteels, alloys properties tensile strength expansion in metals stress and strain ductility applications corrosion galvanic corrosion hardwoods and soft woods
Engineering mechanics
base physical quantities S.I. units, their application mass, velocity, acceleration force, weight, density, angles energy/work/power moments and torque centre of gravity mechanical advantage levers pulley blocks efficiency friction vectors resolution of forces forces in strung conductors pressure/stress elementary fluid mechanics
2. Drawing interpretation and sketching.
Technical drawing standards - AS1100Projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations
Line types Three dimensional views Symbols Dimensioning Freehand sketching and dimensioning
3. Workshop practices - basic.
Identification of tools Use of tools Fitting techniques Application of tools Metal fabrication, materials and techniques Safety Machine adjustment
Belt tensioning Basic alignment
Gland
Packing Adjustment
Bearing
Selection Removal Replacement
Hinges
Free movement Adjustment
![Page 91: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/91.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 91 UTL98
4. Occupational Health and Safety - basics
OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools
Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR
3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Escalator and moving walk mechanics.
Escalators Statutory and enterprise requirements
Lift Code OH&S Emergency stop Danger signage Barriers Running clearances
Purpose of
Controller Safety devices Chain/steps Hand rail
Repair
Steps/belts/pallets Combs Guards Balustrades Newel rollers Balustrade lighting
Adjustments
Chains Hand rail Brake Steps Safety devices
Safe working procedures
Removing steps/pallets Working in motor room/pit Cleaning/lubricating Guards
Hand rails
Remove/refit
Installation and commissioning
Aligning Testing Handling Running clearances
Escalator types to suit applications
Volume of people Gradient Multi floor use
Moving walks Types
Continuous belts Palletised
Statutory requirements
OH&S Lift Code
Comparison with escalator
2. Use and care of lifting equipment.
Regulations
Hoisting appliances Fork lift trucks Manual handling of materials Electrical conductors
Estimation of mass Cranes and powered lifting equipment
Crane types Mobile cranes Operation of cranes Chain blocks and chain pulls
![Page 92: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/92.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
92 © UTL98
Lifting loads and protection
Safe working loads and load limits Ropes Chains Synthetic fibre slings Calculation of SWL Lashing, controlling loads, sling attachment Sling accessories Safe lifting practice
Creeper winches Types of jacks Accessories Bands and hitches
Crane signals Fork lifts Lifting special materials Packing and cribbing
3. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:
− technical manuals and instructions
− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies
− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:
Legislation and Australian Standards
Consultative processes
Training and development
Hazard identification and assessment
Risk assessment and management
Monitoring procedures and records.
4. Time management and co-ordination processes.
5. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.
6. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.
7. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.
8. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.
9. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.
10. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.
11. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.
12. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.
13. Maintain and promote personal well being.
14. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.
15. Use hand tools.
![Page 93: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/93.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 93 UTL98
16. Use power tools - hand held operation.
17. Measure with graduated devices.
18. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.
19. Interpret technical drawings.
20. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.
4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.
5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.
6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.
In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.
![Page 94: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/94.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
94 © UTL98
ROV Guideline for Install Escalators/Moving Walks Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.
The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
A At least 1
Equipment escalators (single or multiple units) moving walks (single or multiple units) treadways (belt and pallet type)
B At least 3
Components safety devices motor controller handrails steps pallets step-chains brakes associated driving equipment
C Do all Requirements of Statutory Codes and enterprise requirements
Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.
In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.
![Page 95: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/95.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 95 UTL98
UTL NLS312 A Maintain Hydraulic Lift Equipment
Descriptor: This unit covers the checking, repair or replacement and adjustment of hydraulic lift components.
Elements Performance criteria
312.1 Plan and prepare for maintenance.
312.1.1 Maintenance is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.
312.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.
312.1.3 Maintenance is checked against job requirements.
312.1.4 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.
312.1.5 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the maintenance work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.
312.1.6 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.
312.2 Maintain hydraulic lift equipment.
312.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed.
312.2.2 Circuits are checked as being isolated where necessary using specified testing procedures.
312.2.3 Maintenance is conducted in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.
312.2.4 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.
312.2.5 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.
![Page 96: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/96.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
96 © UTL98
Elements Performance criteria
312.2.6 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.
312.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.
312.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the maintenance conforms to requirements.
312.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.
Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.
Equipment may include valves (directional flow, pressure control), filters, pumps, rams, cylinder seals and oil coolers.
Materials may include oils, greases and absorbents.
Testing devices may include pressure testers, enterprise specific testers and temperature gauges.
![Page 97: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/97.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 97 UTL98
Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:
1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.
1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.
1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings
Knowledge and Skills - Basic
Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.
1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.
Organisation and its clients.
2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.
![Page 98: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/98.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
98 © UTL98
3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Science and materials.
Calculations
mathematical techniques
linear measurement
areas
volumes
ratios
Engineering materials
classification
ferrous and non-ferrous metals
steels, alloys
properties
tensile strength
expansion in metals
stress and strain
ductility
applications
corrosion
galvanic corrosion
hardwoods and soft woods
Engineering mechanics
base physical quantities
S.I. units, their application
mass, velocity, acceleration
force, weight, density, angles
energy/work/power
moments and torque
centre of gravity
mechanical advantage
levers
pulley blocks
efficiency
friction
vectors
resolution of forces
forces in strung conductors
pressure/stress
elementary fluid mechanics
2. Drawing interpretation and sketching.
Technical drawing standards - AS1100Projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations
Line types Three dimensional views Symbols Dimensioning Freehand sketching and dimensioning
![Page 99: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/99.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 99 UTL98
3. Workshop practices - basic.
Identification of tools Use of tools Fitting techniques Application of tools Metal fabrication, materials and techniques Safety Machine adjustment
Belt tensioning Basic alignment
Gland
Packing Adjustment
Bearing
Selection Removal Replacement
Hinges
Free movement Adjustment
4. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.
OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools
Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR
3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Electro-hydraulic lifts - mechanical operation.
Principles of fluid power
Fluids Hydraulics Pascal’s Law Safety considerations of fluids under pressure
Components
Pump Control of hydraulic pressure Values
Main Door lock Flow Restrictions Solenoid
Directional flow
Pressure gauge
Ram/cylinders
Single stage Multi stage
Oil cooler Oil reservoir
Lift applications
Types of arrangements
Side acting Direct Suspended
Requirements of Lift Code/Standards
Viewing communication windows Labelling circuit breakers’ Head room/top of car Pump installation under car Anti-creep devices Closing of landing doors
Emergency passenger release
Manual lowering OH&S considerations Communications
Replacement of Hydraulic components
Seals and Glands Solenoid valves
Safe working procedures
![Page 100: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/100.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
100 © UTL98
Filters Seals Bleeding lines General operation
Under car Valves Seals and glands Re-levelling hazard under pressure
2. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:
− technical manuals and instructions
− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies
− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:
Legislation and Australian Standards
Consultative processes
Training and development
Hazard identification and assessment
Risk assessment and management
Monitoring procedures and records.
3. Time management and co-ordination processes.
4. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.
5. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.
6. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.
7. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.
8. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.
9. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.
10. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.
11. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.
12. Maintain and promote personal well being.
13. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.
14. Use hand tools.
15. Use power tools - hand held operation.
16. Measure with graduated devices.
17. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.
18. Interpret technical drawings.
19. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.
![Page 101: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/101.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 101 UTL98
4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.
5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.
6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.
In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.
ROV Guideline for Maintain Hydraulic Lift Equipment Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.
The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
A At least 3
Equipment valves (directional flow, pressure control) filters pumps rams cylinder seals oil coolers
B At least 1
Materials oils greases absorbents
![Page 102: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/102.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
102 © UTL98
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
C At least 2
Testing devices pressure testers enterprise specific testers temperature gauges
Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.
In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.
![Page 103: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/103.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 103 UTL98
UTL NLS313 A Install/Maintain Hoses and Tubing
Descriptor: This unit covers the installation and maintenance of hoses, piping and tubing associated with the control of lift hydraulic systems.
Elements Performance criteria
313.1 Plan and prepare for installation/ maintenance
313.1.1 Installation/maintenance is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.
313.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.
313.1.3 Hoses, piping and tubing are checked against job requirements.
313.1.4 Hoses, piping and tubing are obtained in accordance with established procedures and to comply with requirements.
313.1.5 Location in which hoses, piping and tubing are to be installed/maintained is determined from job requirements.
313.1.6 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.
313.1.7 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the installation/maintenance work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.
313.1.8 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.
313.2 Install/maintain hydraulic hoses, piping and tubing.
313.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures for installing/maintaining hoses, piping and tubing are followed.
313.2.2 Hoses, piping and tubing are installed in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.
313.2.3 Hoses, piping and tubing are terminated in accordance with requirements.
![Page 104: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/104.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
104 © UTL98
Elements Performance criteria
313.2.4 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.
313.2.5 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.
313.2.6 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.
313.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.
313.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the installation/maintenance conforms to requirements.
313.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.
Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.
Equipment may include single or multiple ram/cylinder installations.
Components may include rigid or flexible high pressure oil lines.
Plant may include ladders.
Testing devices may include pressure gauges.
Fastenings may include wall plugs and extension type anchors.
Technical drawings may include layout drawings.
![Page 105: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/105.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 105 UTL98
Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:
1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.
1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.
1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings
Knowledge and Skills – Basic
Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.
1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.
2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.
![Page 106: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/106.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
106 © UTL98
3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.
OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools
Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR
3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Hand tools.
Tool types
Measuring Material removal Marking out Mechanical
Care
Safety Storage Faulty tool procedures Routine maintenance
Use
Safety Measuring Marking out Material removal Mechanical
2. Drawing interpretation and sketching.
Technical drawing standards - AS1100Orthogonal projections Axonomeric projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations
Line types Three dimensional views Isometric projections Symbols Dimensioning Contour maps Freehand sketching and dimensioning
3. Basic mechanical measurement.
Measurement applications
Lengths Temperature Weights Pressure Electrical Magnetic measuring tape Zinc Hardness testing
Measurement units and instruments
Units of measurement Measuring instruments Measuring techniques
Quality control
Standards Tolerances Limitations Precision Accuracy of measurements Instruments
![Page 107: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/107.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 107 UTL98
4. Electro-hydraulic lifts - mechanical operation.
Principles of fluid power
Fluids Hydraulics Pascal’s Law Safety considerations of fluids under pressure
Components
Pump Control of hydraulic pressure Solenoid values Directional flow
Pressure gauge
Ram/cylinders
Single stage Multi stage
Oil cooler Oil reservoir Filters Seals Bleeding lines General operation
Lift applications
Types of arrangements
Side acting Direct Suspended
Requirements of Lift Code/Standards
Viewing communication windows Labelling circuit breakers’ Head room/top of car Pump installation under car Anti-creep devices Closing of landing doors
Emergency passenger release
Manual lowering OH&S considerations communications
5. Power tools - hand held operation.
Fixed position
Offhand grinders
Portable
Drills Grinders Jigsaws Nibblers Shears
Job planning
Safety Tool selection Work holding Cutting fluids Protection
Off hand grinder
Safety Machine set up Cutting fluids
Drilling operations
Safety Drill holding methods Work holding methods
Using portable power tools
Safety Power sources Work holding
![Page 108: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/108.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
108 © UTL98
6. Hydraulics.
Hydraulic components Hydraulic circuitry Servicing
7. Lift systems - basic operations.
Safety issues
Personal safety equipment Hazard identification and reporting Single and team manual handling Communication on site Emergency procedures Access to and safe working practice in relation to
Machine room Top of car Lift pit
Statutory requirements
Lift Code Australian Standards
Escalators and moving walks
Components
Machine Brakes Controllers Safety devices Balustrade lighting Steps/pallets/belts Hand rail Drive chain Truss Track systems Step/pallet chains Rollers Tension carriage Hand rail earthing
Traction lift components
Types of lifts
Passenger Goods Service
Machine room equipment
Machine Controller Governor Floor selector
Well equipment
Guide rails Landing doors and locks Limit switches/operating devices Ropes Roping systems Counterweights
Pit equipment
Buffers Compensators Safety equipment
Car equipment
Frame Superstructure Door operator Travelling cable Buttons and indicators Communication devices Safety gear
![Page 109: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/109.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 109 UTL98
8. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:
− technical manuals and instructions
− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies
− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:
Legislation and Australian Standards
Consultative processes
Training and development
Hazard identification and assessment
Risk assessment and management
Monitoring procedures and records.
9. Time management and co-ordination processes.
10. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.
11. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.
12. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.
13. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.
14. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.
15. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.
16. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.
17. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.
18. Maintain and promote personal well being.
19. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.
20. Use hand tools.
21. Use power tools - hand held operation.
22. Measure with graduated devices.
23. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.
24. Interpret technical drawings.
25. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary
![Page 110: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/110.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
110 © UTL98
4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.
5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.
6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.
In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.
ROV Guideline for Install/Maintain Hoses and Tubing Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.
The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
A At least 1 Equipment single or multiple ram/cylinder installations
B At least 1 Components rigid or flexible high pressure oil lines
![Page 111: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/111.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 111 UTL98
Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.
In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.
![Page 112: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/112.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
112 © UTL98
UTL NLS314 A Set Out Multiple Lift Wells
Descriptor: This unit covers the setting out of multiple lift wells in varying configurations.
Elements Performance criteria
314.1 Plan and prepare for work.
314.1.1 Work is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.
314.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.
314.1.3 Work is checked against job requirements.
314.1.4 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.
314.1.5 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.
314.1.6 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.
314.2 Set and assess the layout.
314.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed.
314.2.2 Centre line/datum is obtained from, and confirmed with, the head contractor or authorised representative.
314.2.3 Survey information and layouts are used to establish and confirm centrelines of lift well enclosures.
314.2.4 Well templates are set in accordance with the data and enterprise procedures.
314.2.5 Plumb charts of lift wells are prepared or obtained from the relevant persons.
314.2.6 The plumb charts for all lift wells are analysed to identify the three dimensional impact on the layout.
![Page 113: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/113.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 113 UTL98
Elements Performance criteria
314.2.7 Potential problems are identified, analysed and confirmed.
314.2.8 Options for corrective action are identified, analysed and ranked according to enterprise policies and the prevailing circumstances.
314.2.9 Corrective action is discussed and successfully negotiated with the head contractor or representative, or referred to the appropriate authority for resolution.
314.2.10 Confirmation of the final layout in writing is obtained from the head contractor or representative.
314.2.11 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.
314.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.
314.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the work conforms to requirements.
314.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.
Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.
The task may be performed at one or several points on multiple lift wells in varying configurations as high rise shaft develops. On low rise, top template may be set on machine room.
Corrective action may be needed to overcome well out of plumb, bulges within well, out of wind situations, entrances incorrectly placed and/or other building defects.
Instructions to vary are to be in accordance with authorised enterprise procedures and may include alterations to the structure or to the lift equipment.
Materials may include timber or metal sections for site fabrication of templates, timber or metal templates pre-fabricated off site, wire for plumb lines, weights to tension plumb lines, timber or metal for pit template, fastening systems and timber-straight edge-trammel bar-gauge, rod, packing.
Tools may include theodolite, dumpy level, hand tools, power tools, welder, laser level. and explosive fastening tools.
Fastenings may include expansion type anchors, wood screws, nails, bolts, nuts and metal threads.
![Page 114: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/114.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
114 © UTL98
Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:
1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.
1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.
1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings
Knowledge and Skills - Basic
Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.
1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.
2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.
![Page 115: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/115.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 115 UTL98
3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Science and materials.
Calculations
mathematical techniques linear measurement areas volumes ratios
Engineering materials
classification ferrous and non-ferrous metalssteels, alloys properties tensile strength expansion in metals stress and strain ductility applications corrosion galvanic corrosion hardwoods and soft woods
Engineering mechanics
base physical quantities S.I. units, their application mass, velocity, acceleration force, weight, density, angles energy/work/power moments and torque centre of gravity mechanical advantage levers pulley blocks efficiency friction vectors resolution of forces forces in strung conductors pressure/stress elementary fluid mechanics
2. Hand tools.
Tool types
Measuring Material removal Marking out Mechanical
Care
Safety Storage Faulty tool procedures Routine maintenance
Use
Safety Measuring Marking out Material removal Mechanical
3. Produce sketches.
Technical drawing standards - AS1100Projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations
Line types Three dimensional views Symbols Dimensioning Freehand sketching and dimensioning
![Page 116: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/116.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
116 © UTL98
4. Basic mechanical measurement.
Measurement applications
Lengths Temperature Weights Pressure Electrical Magnetic measuring tape Zinc Hardness testing
Measurement units and instruments
Units of measurement Measuring instruments Measuring techniques
Quality control
Standards Tolerances Limitations Precision Accuracy of measurements Instruments
5. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.
OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools
Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR
3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Assembling and adjusting mechanical components.
Bolts and nuts
Types and sizes Tensile strength Corrosion Washers, flat and spring
2. Power tools - hand held operation.
Fixed position
Offhand grinders
Portable
Drills Grinders Jigsaws Nibblers Shears
Job planning
Safety Tool selection Work holding Cutting fluids Protection
Off hand grinder
Safety Machine set up Cutting fluids
Drilling operations
Safety Drill holding methods Work holding methods
Using portable power tools
Safety Power sources Work holding
![Page 117: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/117.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 117 UTL98
3. Plumbing and setting out.
Single lift wells
Purpose Need for accuracy Modification of errors Use of template Use of plumb lines and weights Measuring and marking out lift wells Measuring and marking out machine room (where appropriate) Plumbing chart Identification of clearances Adjustment of templates Use of laser level
Multiple lift wells
Use of centre line/datum Use of survey information and layouts Setting of well templates Plumb charts analysis for three dimensional impact Corrective action Use of theodolite
Fixing devices and methods
Inserts Expansion anchors Chemically bonded anchors
4. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:
− technical manuals and instructions
− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies
− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:
Legislation and Australian Standards
Consultative processes
Training and development
Hazard identification and assessment
Risk assessment and management
Monitoring procedures and records.
5. Time management and co-ordination processes.
6. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.
7. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.
8. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.
9. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.
10. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.
![Page 118: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/118.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
118 © UTL98
11. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.
12. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.
13. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.
14. Maintain and promote personal well being.
15. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.
16. Use hand tools.
17. Use power tools - hand held operation.
18. Measure with graduated devices.
19. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.
20. Interpret technical drawings.
21. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.
4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.
5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.
6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.
In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.
![Page 119: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/119.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 119 UTL98
ROV Guideline for Set Out Multiple Lift Wells Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.
The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
A At least 4
Materials timber or metal sections for site fabrication of templates timber or metal templates pre-fabricated off site wire for plumb lines weights to tension plumb lines timber or metal for pit template fastening systems and timber-straight edge-trammel bar-gauge, rod, packing
B At least 2
Tools theodolite dumpy level welder laser level explosive fastening tools
C At least 2
Fastenings expansion type anchors wood screws nails bolts nuts metal threads
Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.
In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.
![Page 120: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/120.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
120 © UTL98
UTL NLS315 A Lift Safety Gear Acceptance Test
Descriptor: This unit covers the testing and adjustment of overspeed governors and safety gear prior to their being placed in service or following any alteration or repair affecting their performance.
Elements Performance criteria
315.1 Plan and prepare to undertake acceptance testing.
315.1.1 Testing procedures are planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.
315.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.
315.1.3 Testing procedures are checked against job requirements.
315.1.4 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.
315.1.5 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.
315.1.6 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements.
315.1.7 Lift is made ready for tests in accordance with enterprise procedures.
315.2 Conduct acceptance testing.
315.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed.
315.2.2 Circuits are checked as being isolated where necessary using specified testing procedures.
315.2.3 Testing and adjusting procedures are performed in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.
315.2.4 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with
![Page 121: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/121.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 121 UTL98
Elements Performance criteria established procedures.
315.2.5 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.
315.2.6 Any necessary modification is carried out without unnecessary damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.
315.2.7 Any modification is tested and monitored for compliance with manufacturer’s/enterprise specifications.
315.2.8 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.
315.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.
315.3.1 Final inspections and performance checks are undertaken to ensure that the testing and adjusting procedure conforms to requirements.
315.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures, including any necessary modifications.
Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.
Components may include governors (horizontal and vertical shaft type), safety gear types (instantaneous (type A), flexible guide clamp (type B), wedge clamp (type C), oil buffer (type D) and may be fitted to car, counterweight, or both.
Plant may include test weights, variable speed device for rotating governor, ladder, quick release device for drop testing, slings, hoists, brake release devices and well access devices.
Testing devices may include tachometers and dynamometers.
Technical drawings may include graphs and tables from AS 1735 Part 10.
![Page 122: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/122.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
122 © UTL98
Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:
1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.
1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.
1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings
Knowledge and Skills - Basic
Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning
1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.
2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.
![Page 123: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/123.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 123 UTL98
3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Occupational Health and Safety - basics
OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools
Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR
3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Cables and terminations.
Isolation procedures
Identifying protection devices Isolating Testing Tagging Locking-off
Terminating cords and cables
Requirements Glands Lugs Terminations Copper cables Aluminium cables
Cables
Materials Specifications Colour coding Cable structures Applications Handling
Electrical accessories
Types Applications Fixing methods Fixing techniques
2. Hand tools.
Tool types
Measuring Material removal Marking out Mechanical
Care
Safety Storage Faulty tool procedures Routine maintenance
Use
Safety Measuring Marking out Material removal Mechanical
![Page 124: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/124.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
124 © UTL98
3. Drawing interpretation and sketching.
Technical drawing standards - AS1100Orthogonal projections Axonomeric projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations
Line types Three dimensional views Isometric projections Symbols Dimensioning Contour maps Freehand sketching and dimensioning
4. Lift components - electro-mechanical.
Lift control circuits (relay logic only)
Button circuit Indicator/lantern circuit Key switch circuits Fans Mains supply Power circuits Floor selector circuitry
Motor room control (selector)
Well control (transducer) Directional circuitry Slowing and stopping circuitryRe-levelling circuitry Door operator circuitry Acceleration circuits
Safety circuits - type, operation and actuation
Landing door locks Car door locks Emergency stop Pit switch Car trap-door limit switch Fire service Car top switch Tappet switch Governor/switch Safety gear switch Reverse phase relay Phase failure relay Overloads Circuit breakers Limit switches Terminal stopping Door protection
Lift components - electrical
Relays Tachos Limit switches Brushes Selectors Motor/generator Transformers Fuses Lamps Terminals
Electrical layout and special requirements
Lift Code and AS 3000 requirements Special lift symbols Conduits Travelling cable Troughing Colour coding and labelling Segregation LV/ELV Communication cabling Door lock wiring
Drives - types, construction and operation Traction Gearless types
Speed/load characteristics Efficiency Application Brakes Electric prime mover (motor types and control)
Geared types
![Page 125: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/125.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 125 UTL98
Circuit switches
Lift components - electronic
Encoders Transducers Electronic boards Selectors Rectifiers Capacitors Resistors Processor Board I/O board
Speed/load characteristics Efficiency Application Brakes Electric prime mover (motor types and control)
Drum Rack and pinion Chain Screw
5. Electro-hydraulic lifts.
Electrical circuitry Pump motor, starter Control components and operation
Governor switch Over travel limits Up, down solenoids Up, down limit switches Levelling switch Stop button Faulty components diagnosis
6. Electro-hydraulic lifts - mechanical operation.
Principles of fluid power
Fluids Hydraulics Pascal’s Law Safety considerations of fluids under pressure
Components
Pump Control of hydraulic pressure Solenoid values Directional flow
Pressure gauge
Ram/cylinders
Single stage Multi stage
Oil cooler Oil reservoir
Lift applications
Types of arrangements
Side acting Direct Suspended
Requirements of Lift Code/Standards
Viewing communication windows Labelling circuit breakers’ Head room/top of car Pump installation under car Anti-creep devices Closing of landing doors
Emergency passenger release
Manual lowering OH&S considerations communications
![Page 126: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/126.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
126 © UTL98
Filters Seals Bleeding lines General operation
7. Power tools - hand held operation.
Fixed position
Offhand grinders
Portable
Drills Grinders Jigsaws Nibblers Shears
Job planning
Safety Tool selection Work holding Cutting fluids Protection
Off hand grinder
Safety Machine set up Cutting fluids
Drilling operations
Safety Drill holding methods Work holding methods
Using portable power tools
Safety Power sources Work holding
8. Electric lifts - mechanics.
Governors and safety gear Overspeed devices
Types of governors
Vertical shaft Horizontal shaft
Operation of each type of governor Testing procedures for each type of governor Governor rope tension test
Types of safety gear
Type A instantaneous Type B flexible guide clamp Type C wedge clamp Type D oil buffer
Release procedures for each type of safety gear/governor combination Statutory requirements Maintenance, replacement and adjustment of mechanical lift
Door guides Landing doors Car doors Tapes/chains Motor room equipment Well equipment Pit equipment Brakes Geared and gearless machine brakes
Brake function and statutory requirements Types of brake operation
Mechanical configurations
External Internal
Electrical operations
Stall motor Solenoid Hydraulic
![Page 127: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/127.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 127 UTL98
components Door locks Air cords Selectors Bearings
Roller Sleeve
Guide shoes
Roller Slipper
Brake inspection and adjustment
Mechanical Electrical
Brake circuit operation
Brake circuitry
Manual release of brakes
Safe procedures Release devices
Statutory requirements
9. Lift systems - basic operations.
Safety issues
Personal safety equipment Hazard identification and reporting Single and team manual handling Communication on site Emergency procedures Access to and safe working practice in relation to
Machine room Top of car Lift pit
Statutory requirements
Lift Code Australian Standards
Escalators and moving walks
Components
Machine Brakes Controllers Safety devices Balustrade lighting Steps/pallets/belts Hand rail Drive chain Truss Track systems Step/pallet chains Rollers
Traction lift components
Types of lifts
Passenger Goods Service
Machine room equipment
Machine Controller Governor Floor selector
Well equipment
Guide rails Landing doors and locksLimit switches/operating devices Ropes Roping systems Counterweights
Pit equipment
Buffers Compensators Safety equipment
Car equipment
Frame Superstructure Door operator Travelling cable Buttons and indicators Communication devices
![Page 128: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/128.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
128 © UTL98
Tension carriage Hand rail earthing
Safety gear
10. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:
− technical manuals and instructions
− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies
− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:
Legislation and Australian Standards
Consultative processes
Training and development
Hazard identification and assessment
Risk assessment and management
Monitoring procedures and records.
11. Time management and co-ordination processes.
12. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.
13. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.
14. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.
15. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.
16. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.
17. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.
18. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.
19. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.
20. Maintain and promote personal well being.
21. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.
22. Use hand tools.
23. Use power tools - hand held operation.
24. Measure with graduated devices.
25. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.
26. Interpret technical drawings.
27. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.
![Page 129: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/129.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 129 UTL98
4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.
5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.
6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.
In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.
ROV Guideline for Lift Safety Gear Acceptance Test
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
A Do all
Components speed governor (horizontal and vertical shaft) safety gear type A safety gear type B safety gear type C
Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.
In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.
![Page 130: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/130.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
130 © UTL98
UTL NLS316 A Lift Safety Gear Periodic Test
Descriptor: This unit covers the periodic inspection and testing of overspeed governors and safety gear of lifts in service.
Elements Performance criteria
316.1 Plan and prepare to undertake inspection and testing.
316.1.1 Inspection procedures are planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.
316.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.
316.1.3 Inspection procedures are checked against requirements.
316.1.4 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the inspection are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.
316.1.5 Lift is taken out of service in accordance with enterprise procedures.
316.2 Undertake inspection and testing.
316.2.1 Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed.
316.2.2 Circuits are checked as being isolated where necessary using specified testing procedures.
316.2.3 Inspection and testing procedures are performed in accordance with requirements, without damage or distortion to the surrounding location or services.
316.2.4 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.
316.2.5 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.
316.2.6 On-going checks of the quality of the inspection work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.
![Page 131: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/131.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 131 UTL98
Elements Performance criteria
316.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.
316.3.1 Final performance checks are undertaken to ensure that the inspection procedures conform to requirements.
316.3.2 Completion of inspection is notified in accordance with established procedures and the lift restored to service.
Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.
Components may include speed governors, safety gear types (instantaneous (type A), flexible guide clamp (type B), wedge clamp (type C), oil buffer (type D) and may be fitted to car, counterweight or both.
Plant may include brake release devices, ladder, slings, hoists, variable speed devices for rotating governor and well access devices.
Testing devices may include tachometers and dynamometers.
![Page 132: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/132.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
132 © UTL98
Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:
1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.
1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.
1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings
Knowledge and Skills - Basic
Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.
1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.
2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.
![Page 133: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/133.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 133 UTL98
3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.
OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools
Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR
3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Cables and terminations.
Isolation procedures
Identifying protection devices Isolating Testing Tagging Locking-off
Terminating cords and cables
Requirements Glands Lugs Terminations Copper cables Aluminium cables
Cables
Materials Specifications Colour coding Cable structures Applications Handling
Electrical accessories
Types Applications Fixing methods Fixing techniques
2. Hand tools.
Tool types
Measuring Material removal Marking out Mechanical
Care
Safety Storage Faulty tool procedures Routine maintenance
Use
Safety Measuring Marking out Material removal Mechanical
![Page 134: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/134.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
134 © UTL98
3. Drawing interpretation and sketching.
Technical drawing standards - AS1100Orthogonal projections Axonomeric projections Sectionalisation Surface texture Layouts Abbreviations
Line types Three dimensional views Isometric projections Symbols Dimensioning Contour maps Freehand sketching and dimensioning
4. Lift components - electro-mechanical.
Lift control circuits (relay logic only)
Button circuit Indicator/lantern circuit Key switch circuits Fans Mains supply Power circuits Floor selector circuitry
Motor room control (selector)
Well control (transducer) Directional circuitry Slowing and stopping circuitryRe-levelling circuitry Door operator circuitry Acceleration circuits
Safety circuits - type, operation and actuation
Landing door locks Car door locks Emergency stop Pit switch Car trap-door limit switch Fire service Car top switch Tappet switch Governor/switch Safety gear switch Reverse phase relay Phase failure relay Overloads Circuit breakers Limit switches Terminal stopping Door protection
Lift components - electrical
Relays Tachos Limit switches Brushes Selectors Motor/generator Transformers Fuses Lamps Terminals
Electrical layout and special requirements
Lift Code and AS 3000 requirements Special lift symbols Conduits Travelling cable Troughing Colour coding and labelling Segregation LV/ELV Communication cabling Door lock wiring
Drives - types, construction and operation Traction Gearless types
Speed/load characteristics Efficiency Application Brakes Electric prime mover (motor types and control)
Geared types
![Page 135: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/135.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 135 UTL98
Circuit switches
Lift components - electronic
Encoders Transducers Electronic boards Selectors Rectifiers Capacitors Resistors Processor Board I/O board
Speed/load characteristics Efficiency Application Brakes Electric prime mover (motor types and control)
Drum Rack and pinion Chain Screw
5. Electro-hydraulic lifts.
Electrical circuitry Pump motor, starter Control components and operation
Governor switch Over travel limits Up, down solenoids Up, down limit switches Levelling switch Stop button Faulty components diagnosis
6. Electro-hydraulic lifts - mechanical operation.
Principles of fluid power
Fluids Hydraulics Pascal’s Law Safety considerations of fluids under pressure
Components
Pump Control of hydraulic pressure Solenoid values Directional flow
Pressure gauge
Ram/cylinders
Single stage Multi stage
Oil cooler Oil reservoir
Lift applications
Types of arrangements
Side acting Direct Suspended
Requirements of Lift Code/Standards
Viewing communication windows Labelling circuit breakers’ Head room/top of car Pump installation under car Anti-creep devices Closing of landing doors
Emergency passenger release
Manual lowering OH&S considerations communications
![Page 136: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/136.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
136 © UTL98
Filters Seals Bleeding lines General operation
7. Basic mechanical measurement.
Measurement applications
Lengths Temperature Weights Pressure Electrical Magnetic measuring tape Zinc Hardness testing
Measurement units and instruments
Units of measurement Measuring instruments Measuring techniques
Quality control
Standards Tolerances Limitations Precision Accuracy of measurements Instruments
8. Power tools - hand held operation.
Fixed position
Offhand grinders
Portable
Drills Grinders Jigsaws Nibblers Shears
Job planning
Safety Tool selection Work holding Cutting fluids Protection
Off hand grinder
Safety Machine set up Cutting fluids
Drilling operations
Safety Drill holding methods Work holding methods
Using portable power tools
Safety Power sources Work holding
![Page 137: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/137.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 137 UTL98
9. Electric lifts - mechanics.
Governors and safety gear Overspeed devices
Types of governors
Vertical shaft Horizontal shaft
Operation of each type of governor Testing procedures for each type of governor Governor rope tension test
Types of safety gear
Type A instantaneous Type B flexible guide clamp Type C wedge clamp Type D oil buffer
Release procedures for each type of safety gear/governor combination Statutory requirements
Maintenance, replacement and adjustment of mechanical lift components Door locks Air cords Selectors Bearings
Roller Sleeve
Guide shoes
Roller Slipper
Door guides Landing doors Car doors Tapes/chains Motor room equipment Well equipment Pit equipment Brakes Geared and gearless machine brakes
Brake function and statutory requirements Types of brake operation
Mechanical configurations
External Internal
Electrical operations
Stall motor Solenoid Hydraulic
Brake inspection and adjustment
Mechanical Electrical
Brake circuit operation
Brake circuitry
Manual release of brakes
Safe procedures Release devices
Statutory requirements
![Page 138: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/138.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
138 © UTL98
10. Lift systems - basic operations.
Safety issues
Personal safety equipment Hazard identification and reporting Single and team manual handling Communication on site Emergency procedures Access to and safe working practice in relation to
Machine room Top of car Lift pit
Statutory requirements
Lift Code Australian Standards
Escalators and moving walks
Components
Machine Brakes Controllers Safety devices Balustrade lighting Steps/pallets/belts Hand rail Drive chain Truss Track systems Step/pallet chains Rollers Tension carriage Hand rail earthing
Traction lift components
Types of lifts
Passenger Goods Service
Machine room equipment
Machine Controller Governor Floor selector
Well equipment
Guide rails Landing doors and locks Limit switches/operating devices Ropes Roping systems Counterweights
Pit equipment
Buffers Compensators Safety equipment
Car equipment
Frame Superstructure Door operator Travelling cable Buttons and indicators Communication devices Safety gear
![Page 139: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/139.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 139 UTL98
11. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:
− technical manuals and instructions
− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies
− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:
Legislation and Australian Standards
Consultative processes
Training and development
Hazard identification and assessment
Risk assessment and management
Monitoring procedures and records.
12. Time management and co-ordination processes.
13. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.
14. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.
15. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.
16. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.
17. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.
18. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.
19. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.
20. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.
21. Maintain and promote personal well being.
22. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.
23. Use hand tools.
24. Use power tools - hand held operation.
25. Measure with graduated devices.
26. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.
27. Interpret technical drawings.
28. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.
![Page 140: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/140.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
140 © UTL98
4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.
5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.
6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.
In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.
![Page 141: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/141.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 141 UTL98
ROV Guideline for Lift Safety Gear Periodic Test Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.
The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
A Do all
Components governor type A type B type C
B Do all Testing devices Tachometers Dynamometers
Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.
In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.
![Page 142: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/142.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
142 © UTL98
UTL NLS317 A Lift Equipment Compliance Testing
Descriptor: This unit covers those aspects of tests and test procedures required to ensure equipment is in compliance with relevant Australian Standard Codes and Regulations covering lifts, escalators and moving walks.
Elements Performance criteria
317.1 Plan and prepare to undertake inspection and testing procedures.
317.1.1 Electrical inspection and testing procedures are planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.
317.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.
317.1.3 Electrical inspection and testing procedures are checked against requirements.
317.1.4 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.
317.2 Prepare for inspection and testing by Statutory Authority.
317.2.1 Equipment and related building areas are inspected for compliance with relevant Australian Standards, statutory regulations or by the requirement of relevant authorities.
317.2.2 Occupational check is carried out on equipment as prescribed by relevant Australian Standards, statutory regulations or by the requirement of relevant authorities.
317.2.3 Results of observations and tests are referenced against Australian Standards, regulations and enterprise requirements.
317.2.4 Adjustments, defects or faults are corrected and confirmed in accordance with enterprise procedures.
317.2.5 Faults, defects, adjustments to be attended to by others are notified and corrective action monitored and results confirmed.
![Page 143: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/143.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 143 UTL98
Elements Performance criteria
317.3 Facilitate inspection and testing by Statutory Authority.
317.3.1 Timetable is established and confirmed with representative of Statutory Authority for inspection of equipment and related building areas and the conduct of tests, as prescribed by the relevant Australian Standards and statutory authority regulations.
317.3.2 Inspection, operational checks and testing, in accordance with the prescribed requirements of the relevant Australian Standards and statutory authority regulations, are facilitated with the representative of the Statutory Authority.
317.3.3 Procedures and outcomes are recorded in accordance with statutory and enterprise requirements.
317.3.4 Results of inspections and tests are recorded and reported to relevant enterprise parties and/or others.
317.4 Complete remedial work.
317.4.1 Items found not to conform to Australian Standards or statutory authority regulations/requirements are corrected/discussed with relevant parties to initiate remedial action.
317.4.2 Re-inspection by representative of Statutory Authority is arranged and aided to confirm that outstanding requirements have been met.
317.5 Inspect and notify completion of work.
317.5.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the electrical inspection procedures conform to requirements.
317.5.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.
Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.
Inspection and Testing will include all static and dynamic functions prescribed in the Lift Code, other relevant Australian Standards and State and Territory Regulations applying to inspection and certification.
Competencies apply to work over a wide range of equipment including different types of control systems and equipment spanning a wide age range. Competencies at this level will be demonstrated on non-routine equipment where
![Page 144: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/144.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
144 © UTL98
discretion is required to plan and select the appropriate equipment and techniques.
Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:
1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.
1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.
1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings
Knowledge and Skills - Basic
Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.
1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.
2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.
![Page 145: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/145.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 145 UTL98
3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Workshop practices - basic.
Identification of tools Tool use Fitting techniques
Application of tools Metal fabrication, materials and techniques Safety
2. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.
OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools
Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR
3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Cables and terminations.
Isolation procedures
Identifying protection devices Isolating Testing Tagging Locking-off
Terminating cords and cables
Requirements Glands Lugs Terminations Copper cables Aluminium cables
Cables
Materials Specifications Colour coding Cable structures Applications Handling
Electrical accessories
Types Applications Fixing methods Fixing techniques
![Page 146: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/146.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
146 © UTL98
2. Circuit protection and earthing.
Earthing and earthing systems
Regulatory requirement Direct MEN ELCB (voltage operated)
Supplementary earthing protection
Isolation RCD operation RCD circuit connections
Circuit protection
Excess circuit current Over voltage Under voltage Fault current Overload Inverse time characteristics Discrimination Arc central Fuses HRC fuses Circuit breakers Surge diverters
3. Electrical principles.
Basic electrical concepts
SI units Charge Voltage Current Resistance Factors affecting resistance Work Energy Power
Effects of current
Physiological Chemical Magnetic Thermal
Resistors
Fixed Variable Linear Non linear Power rating
Sources of EMF
Piezo Photovoltaic Thermal Electromagnetic Chemical
Magnetic principles
Magnetic fields Magnetic quantities and units Magnetising curve and hysteresis Reluctance Effect of an air gap Retentivity Forces on conductors
Electromagnetic induction and inductance Faraday’s law Lenz’s law Inductors Series and parallel connections Inductor specifications and applications Testing inductors Hazards and precautions
Capacitors
Charging/discharging Specifications and applications Series and parallel connections Testing Hazards and precautions
AC fundamentals
Periodic voltage and current Waveforms
![Page 147: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/147.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 147 UTL98
Basic circuits
Principle of operation Ohm’s Law Series circuit Parallel circuit Series-parallel circuit Power Voltage and current laws
Batteries
Primary Secondary Handling Charging Connections Internal resistance Terminal voltage
Measurement
Meters Meter characteristics Loading effect Sources of error
Measurement of AC quantities Determining RMS values Determining frequency Determining phase angles
Reactance and impedance
Inductive reactance Capacitive reactance Impedance triangle Effects in circuits Series resonance Parallel resonance
Three phase principles
Star and delta connections Line and phase voltages Line and phase currents Three phase power
Power factor
Effects True, apparent and reactive power Power factor improvement
4. Motor operation, characteristics and protection.
Three phase motors
Construction Operating principles Performance characteristics
Motor protection
Short duration overloads Sustained overloads Repetitive starting or reversingHigh operating temperature Protection devices
Starting current and starters
Requirements Direct on line Star delta Auto transformer Soft start (electronic) Primary resistance Secondary resistance
Speed torque relationships Connection methods
Single phase motors
Construction Split phase motors Capacitor types Universal motor Reversal of rotation
Applications
Torque/power/speed characteristic Power, torque, speed and efficiency
Fault and fault finding
Common faults Diagnostic testing
DC machines
Control of output voltage Armature reaction Commutation
![Page 148: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/148.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
148 © UTL98
Braking Rotation
Rule requirements
Control switches Isolating switches Automatic starting
Fault testing
Terminal voltage Insulation resistance Winding resistance/continuity Control and power circuit testing
Alternator principles
Construction details Excitation methods Voltage regulation Ratings
Three phase synchronous motors
Principle of operation Effect of load Effect of varying field excitation Applications
Single phase synchronous motors
Common types Principle of operation Effect of load Effect of varying field excitation Applications
Interpoles Back EMF Torque Speed Losses Efficiency
DC machine types and connections
Permanent magnet Separately excited Shunt Series Compound Reversal
Characteristics and applications
Excitation/voltage Speed/voltage Load/voltage/load current Torque/load current Torque/speed Speed/load current
DC motor starters
Starting current Current limitation Resistance for limiting starting current Operation of starters
Specialised DC machines
Tachogenerator Servomotors Stepper motors
Ward Leonard system
![Page 149: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/149.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 149 UTL98
5. Digital electronics.
Digital circuit operation
Binary numbering Truth tables Boolean representation Signification of boolean Circuit implementation Logic probe fault finding
Hexadecimal Binary coded digit (BCD) Binary to decimal conversion Binary to hexadecimal conversion Decimal to hexadecimal conversion Characters using 7 BIT ASCII code Electrostatic discharge precautions
Effect of ESD Handling of components
Operation and characteristics of displays
LED displays LCD displays
Decoders
Operation Seven segment display decoder Encoders - operation Priority encoders Multiplexers Truth table implementation Demultiplexers
Digital sub-systems
Flip-flop operation Level triggered flip-flops Edge triggered flip-flops Synchronous inputs Asynchronous inputs Serial and parallel loading Shift left Shift right
Counters
D flip-flop JK flip-flop Modulus counters Up/down counters Count speed IC counters Ring counters Astable multivibrators Monostable multivibrators
Logic device terminal characteristics
Logic levels Supply voltages Power dissipation Drive currents Voltage levels Loading Propagation delays Noise margins Switching speed Open collector/drain outputs Tristate logic and buffers Interfacing of different logic families Schmitt trigger device
![Page 150: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/150.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
150 © UTL98
6. Lift systems - basic operations.
Safety issues
Personal safety equipment Hazard identification and reporting Single and team manual handling Communication on site Emergency procedures Access to and safe working practice in relation to
Machine room Top of car Lift pit
Statutory requirements
Lift Code Australian Standards
Escalators and moving walks
Components
Machine Brakes Controllers Safety devices Balustrade lighting Steps/pallets/belts Hand rail Drive chain Truss Track systems Step/pallet chains Rollers Tension carriage Hand rail earthing
Traction lift components
Types of lifts
Passenger Goods Service
Machine room equipment
Machine Controller Governor Floor selector
Well equipment
Guide rails Landing doors and locks Limit switches/operating devices Ropes Roping systems Counterweights
Pit equipment
Buffers Compensators Safety equipment
Car equipment
Frame Superstructure Door operator Travelling cable Buttons and indicators Communication devices Safety gear
7. Electro-hydraulic lifts.
Electrical circuitry Pump motor, starter Control components and operation
Governor switch Over travel limits Up, down solenoids Up, down limit switches Levelling switch Stop button
![Page 151: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/151.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 151 UTL98
Faulty components diagnosis
8. Industrial computer systems.
Computer systems overview PC hardware orientation Basic DOS commands DOS Set-Up & Utilities Windows operations Word processors
Spreadsheets Databases as used for control applications CAD/Vector graphics Introduction to a control application package
9. Control concepts.
Control
Advantages Applications Terminology
Dimensional calculations Basic transducer principles and physical variables
Measurement terminology Types of controllers (include computer resident systems) Process characteristics Basic controller principles Introductory control systems
10. Variable speed drives.
Advantages of Variable Speed Drives Speed and direction control Acceleration control Torque control Energy savings Terminology used with Variable Speed Drives Direction: Forward and Reverse Speed: +ve and -ve Torque: +ve and -ve 4 quadrants of Torque/Speed operationAcceleration: +ve and -ve Load Power, Supply Power, Efficiency 3-Phase AC Induction Motor control principles Operating Characteristics of 3-Phase Squirrel Cage Induction Motors (SQIM) Equivalent circuit of an AC Induction Motor Starting Torque, Pull-up torque, Pull-out Torque, Synchronous Speed Torque/Speed Curve Voltage/Frequency Speed Ratio Frequency affects on AC Motors
Control System for Variable Speed Drives PWM (Pulse width modulated), VVVF drive (Variable voltage variable frequency) Inverter control system Speed feedback and Control System Current feedback and Control System External Interface Selection of, and Applications for PWM, VVVF Drives Flux Vector Control Drive inverter control system speed feedback and Control System current feedback and Control System select of, and Applications for Slip recovery Drives Control System for Soft Starter overview of Operation of Soft Starter selection of, and Applications for Soft Starters New Development in AC Variable Speed drive Technology example - Switched Reluctance Drive Motor Protection of AC Variable Speed Drives and Motors
![Page 152: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/152.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
152 © UTL98
Operating Characteristics of 3-Phase Slip Ring Induction Motor Torque/Speed Curve Rotor Resistance/Speed relationship Overview of Electronic Power Control Devices Types of Devices: Power Diodes Power Thyristors Power Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJT’s) Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors (IGBT’s) Gate Turn Off Thyristors (GTO’s) Field Controlled Thyristors (FCT’s) Characteristics of Devices Power Ratings Speed of Switching Base/Gate Drive Requirements Common Drive Applications for Devices Power Electronic Converters Common Electronic Power Control Circuits for: AC/DC Rectifier, Un-controlled and Controlled DC/AC Inverter, PWM and quasi-Square Wave AC/AC Converters, Rectifier linked to Inverter and a Matrix converter DC/DC converters, PWM Input and Output Waveforms for Power Electronic Converters: Interference generated by circuits, Electrical and Audio Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)Introduction to harmonic distortion analysis using microprocessor based test equipment (not mathematical analysis) Filtering techniques employed to optimise EMC Switching Frequency and effects on Motor performance and EMC
Sources of failure: Loss of cooling Overloading Frequent starting Supply problems High ambient temperature Methods of protecting against sources of failure Protecting the frequency Convertor current limit over current trim Protecting the AC Motor Motor Thermal Model Commissioning purpose setting Parameters testing Differentiation of Common Faults in systems source of faults methods to determine nature of fault includes communications and external interface Adjust settings Manufacturers specifications Load testing Identify drive faults source of faults fault finding methods Selection, Installation, and Fault Finding Techniques choosing size of frequency convertor motor loading & cooling checking motor loading oversynchronous speed, advantages mounting position and enclosures supply and control cable selection and installation
environmental conditions earthing
![Page 153: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/153.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 153 UTL98
11. Transducers.
Measurement principles
Measurement process Systems of units Standards, calibration, traceability Errors, accuracy, precision, sensitivity
Transducer classifications and Specifications
Resistive, capacitive, inductive, magnetic, sonic operating range Sensitivity Frequency response Resonant frequency Environment compatibility Repeatability Ruggedness Electrical specifications
Types of transducer
Thermistor Photoresistor Opto-devices Speakers Magnetic pick-ups Strain gauge Hall-effect devices Piezo devices
Interfacing transducers to electronic systems
Mounting methods Electrical/mechanical connections Basic signal conditioning concepts dividers AC/DC, DC/AC Amplifiers Analogue/digital conversion
12. Electro-hydraulic lifts - mechanical operation.
Principles of fluid power
Fluids Hydraulics Pascal’s Law Safety considerations of fluids under pressure
Components
Pump Control of hydraulic pressure Solenoid values Directional flow
Pressure gauge
Ram/cylinders
Single stage Multi stage
Oil cooler Oil reservoir Filters Seals Bleeding lines
Lift applications
Types of arrangements
Side acting Direct Suspended
Requirements of Lift Code/Standards
Viewing communication windows Labelling circuit breakers’ Head room/top of car Pump installation under car Anti-creep devices Closing of landing doors
Emergency passenger release
Manual lowering OH&S considerations communications
![Page 154: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/154.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
154 © UTL98
General operation
13. Lift components - electro-mechanical.
Lift control circuits (relay logic only)
Button circuit Indicator/lantern circuit Key switch circuits Fans Mains supply Power circuits Floor selector circuitry
Motor room control (selector)
Well control (transducer) Directional circuitry Slowing and stopping circuitryRe-levelling circuitry Door operator circuitry Acceleration circuits
Safety circuits - type, operation and actuation
Landing door locks Car door locks Emergency stop Pit switch Car trap-door limit switch Fire service Car top switch Tappet switch Governor/switch Safety gear switch Reverse phase relay Phase failure relay Overloads Circuit breakers Limit switches Terminal stopping Door protection Circuit switches
Lift components - electronic
Encoders Transducers Electronic boards Selectors Rectifiers
Lift components - electrical
Relays Tachos Limit switches Brushes Selectors Motor/generator Transformers Fuses Lamps Terminals
Electrical layout and special requirements
Lift Code and AS 3000 requirements Special lift symbols Conduits Travelling cable Troughing Colour coding and labelling Segregation LV/ELV Communication cabling Door lock wiring
Drives - types, construction and operation Traction Gearless types
Speed/load characteristics Efficiency Application Brakes Electric prime mover (motor types and control)
Geared types
Speed/load characteristics Efficiency Application Brakes Electric prime mover (motor types and control)
Drum Rack and pinion
![Page 155: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/155.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 155 UTL98
Capacitors Resistors Processor Board I/O board
Chain Screw
14. Electric lifts - mechanics.
Governors and safety gear Overspeed devices
Types of governors
Vertical shaft Horizontal shaft
Operation of each type of governor Testing procedures for each type of governor Governor rope tension test
Types of safety gear
Type A instantaneous Type B flexible guide clamp Type C wedge clamp Type D oil buffer
Release procedures for each type of safety gear/governor combination Statutory requirements
Maintenance, replacement and adjustment of mechanical lift components Door locks Air cords Selectors Bearings
Roller Sleeve
Guide shoes
Roller Slipper
Door guides Landing doors Car doors Tapes/chains Motor room equipment Well equipment Pit equipment Brakes Geared and gearless machine brakes
Brake function and statutory requirements Types of brake operation
Mechanical configurations
External Internal
Electrical operations
Stall motor Solenoid Hydraulic
Brake inspection and adjustment
Mechanical Electrical
Brake circuit operation
Brake circuitry
Manual release of brakes
Safe procedures Release devices
Statutory requirements
![Page 156: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/156.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
156 © UTL98
15. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:
− technical manuals and instructions
− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies
− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:
Legislation and Australian Standards
Consultative processes
Training and development
Hazard identification and assessment
Risk assessment and management
Monitoring procedures and records.
16. Time management and co-ordination processes.
17. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.
18. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.
19. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.
20. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.
21. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.
22. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.
23. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.
24. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.
25. Maintain and promote personal well being.
26. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.
27. Use hand tools.
28. Use power tools - hand held operation.
29. Measure with graduated devices.
30. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.
31. Interpret technical drawings.
32. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.
![Page 157: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/157.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 157 UTL98
4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.
5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.
6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.
In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.
ROV Guideline for Lift Equipment Compliance Testing
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
A Do all
Inspection and testing will include all static and dynamic functions prescribed in the Lift Code, other relevant Australian Standards and State and Territory Regulations applying to inspection and certification
Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.
In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.
![Page 158: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/158.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
158 © UTL98
UTL NLS401 A Write Operational Report
Descriptor: This unit covers the completion of reports which involve a level of analysis and research.
Elements Performance criteria
401.1 Identify reporting requirements.
401.1.1 The need for and nature of the reporting requirement is identified and confirmed.
401.1.2 The format and mode selected is appropriate to the circumstances.
401.2 Communicate information in writing.
401.2.1 Reports are written using appropriate terminology where required.
401.2.2 Reports discuss alternatives, difficulties and suggestions when required.
401.2.3 Reports are coherent and based on analysis or research undertaken.
401.2.4 Conclusions are based on the facts in the reports and recommendations are made if required.
401.2.5 Reports are completed within specified time.
401.2.6 References are acknowledged as required.
Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.
Equipment may include tape measure, tape recorder, camera, ammeter, voltmeter, continuity tester, sound level meter, light meter, vibration meter and computer.
Materials may include pens, pencils, graph paper, writing paper, computer generated diagrams, charts and graphics.
![Page 159: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/159.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 159 UTL98
Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:
1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.
1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.
1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings
Knowledge and Skills – Basic Knowledge; and Skills - Underpinning
1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.
2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.
![Page 160: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/160.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
160 © UTL98
3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.
OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Safety using electrically operated tools
Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR
3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Reporting knowledge. Reporting skills.
Writing conventions Language structure Standard units and symbols Standard forms of reference and acknowledgment Presentation and layout Numbering systems
Analysis Data collection Planning and outlining Preparing graphics Writing summaries/abstracts Drafting, revising, editing, evaluating, proofreading Construction definitions Using linking and summary statements Punctuating compound terms
2. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:
− technical manuals and instructions
− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies
− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:
Legislation and Australian Standards
Consultative processes
Training and development
Hazard identification and assessment
Risk assessment and management
Monitoring procedures and records.
3. Time management and co-ordination processes.
4. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.
5. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.
![Page 161: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/161.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 161 UTL98
6. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.
7. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.
8. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.
9. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.
10. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.
11. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.
12. Maintain and promote personal well being.
13. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.
14. Measure with graduated devices.
15. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.
16. Interpret technical drawings.
17. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.
4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.
5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.
6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.
In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.
![Page 162: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/162.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
162 © UTL98
ROV Guideline for Write Operational Report Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.
The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
A At least 1
Equipment tape measure tape recorder camera ammeter voltmeter continuity tester sound level meter light meter vibration meter
B At least 2
Reporting Knowledge writing conventions language structure standard units and symbols standard forms of reference and acknowledgement presentation and layout
C At least 6
Reporting Skills planning and outlining preparing graphics writing summaries drafting revising editing evaluating proof reading construction definitions using and linking summary statements punctuating compound terms
![Page 163: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/163.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 163 UTL98
Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.
In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.
![Page 164: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/164.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
164 © UTL98
UTL NLS402 A Workplace Trainer - Category 1
Descriptor: This unit applies to trainers who play a key role in providing training and raising the levels of competency in the workforce. They are important providers of on-the-job structured training.
Elements Performance Criteria
Prepare for Training 402.1 Confirm the need for
training. 402.1.1 Specific training need is confirmed with,
and identified or advised by, appropriate personnel.
402.1.2 Training objectives reflect the specific training need.
402.2 Plan and document training session.
402.2.1 Clearly state training outcomes and ensure that the steps in the training session follow a logical sequence.
402.2.2 Select training methods to ensure that they are appropriate for:
- training outcomes
- training characteristics
- availability of equipment and resources.
402.2.3 Arrange plans for practice by trainees and provide for monitoring trainees' progress.
402.2.4 Identify and state the process for collecting evidence required for assessment.
402.3 Arrange location and resources.
402.3.1 Identify resources required for training and ensure that they are approved by appropriate personnel.
402.3.2 Arrange suitable locations for training and organise equipment, tools and other required resources so that they are available when needed.
402.3.3 Make arrangements with any persons required to assist in the training session or in the follow-up to the training session.
402.3.4 Arrange a safe and accessible training environment and notify trainees of the time and place of the training session.
![Page 165: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/165.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 165 UTL98
Elements Performance Criteria 402.4 Notify trainees. 402.4.1 Notify trainees' supervisor/s of the time and
place of the training session and of any other requirements.
402.4.2 Notify all who are involved of the purpose of the training.
Deliver Training 402.5 Prepare trainees. 402.5.1 Explain to, discuss with, trainees and
identify:
- the training session objectives
- the sequence of activities to be followed
- the work application of the skill or job being taught
- any barriers to the performance of the job
- the assessment process.
402.6 Instruct trainees. 402.6.1 Adopt a systematic approach to instruction, taking into account:
- trainee explanation
- trainee demonstration
- review
- feedback.
402.6.2 Revise and modify instruction process as deemed necessary to meet trainees' learning needs.
402.6.3 Provide encouragement to trainees through on-going feedback during instruction designed to assist trainees in learning from mistakes.
402.6.4 Encourage and guide trainees to evaluate and diagnose their own performance for improvement.
402.7 Provide opportunities for practice.
402.7.1 Practice opportunities are provided according to the specific learning situation and training objectives.
402.7.2 Provide constructive feedback and reinforcement during practice and monitor trainees' readiness for assessment.
![Page 166: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/166.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
166 © UTL98
Elements Performance Criteria 402.8 Confirm trainee has
reached required standard 402.8.1 Collect evidence of satisfactory
performance in accordance with the training plan.
of performance. 402.8.2 Advise trainee that s/he has reached the required standard of performance and advise, equally, appropriate personnel.
Review Training 402.9 Evaluate training session. 402.9.1 Encourage trainees to discuss problems or
difficulties arising from the training session including their ability to apply the learning outcomes.
402.10 Record training. 402.10.1 Accurately record all details of trainees completing the training in accordance with the organisation's requirements.
402.10.2 Records are securely stored and released only to authorised personnel.
402.11 Provide information on training.
402.11.1 Provide all information on training sessions (proposed, in hand or completed) to management as required.
402.12 Observe and promote occupational health and safety.
402.11.2 Make available information on proposed training to prospective trainees and/or employees, on request.
402.12.1 Relevant statutory and enterprise requirements for occupational health and safety are communicated to all personnel and implemented at all work sites.
402.12.2 Accidents and injuries are reported.
402.12.3 Potential hazards and safety risks are identified, investigated and recommendations for preventative action referred to appropriate authorities.
402.12.4 Occupational health and safety training and first aid training, where appropriate, is encouraged and undertaken.
402.12.5 Personal well being is maintained and promoted.
402.12.6 Safety threatening situations arising from physical/psychological incompatibility with the work environment are identified and resolved.
![Page 167: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/167.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 167 UTL98
Range of Variables Category 1 applies to those persons who provide training in the workplace but for whom the training function is not a major part of their job. They may provide training infrequently or even regularly within a structured training context.
Training is provided on a one-to-one basis or to small groups of trainees.
Category 1: Trainers may include skilled operators, team leaders, supervisors and technical experts.
This unit is optional with the relationship to the Australian Standards Framework (ASF) resting at ASF 2-5. For each level, the competency will be applied to the skills at or below its corresponding level.
![Page 168: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/168.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
168 © UTL98
UTL NLS403 A Workplace Trainer - Category 2
Descriptor: This unit applies to workplace trainers operating within a structured training context. Training is mostly provided for groups of trainees. Category 2 Trainers have considerable responsibility for program development and documentation, assessing trainees, reporting and recording.
Elements Performance Criteria
Prepare for Training 403.1 Confirm the need for
training. 403.1.1 Collect information on training needs using
appropriate investigation methods.
403.1.2 Interpret the information using appropriate methods of analysis and verify conclusions with appropriate personnel.
403.2 Define training requirements.
403.2.1 Identify competencies related to specific jobs, roles or functions in accordance with applicable endorsed competency standards.
403.2.2 Correctly compare competencies held by individuals with those competencies required for the job, role or function.
403.2.3 Identify training outcomes in consultation with relevant parties and identify any barriers to learning.
403.3 Develop training programs.
403.3.1 Ensure that learning outcomes clearly specify the performance requirements and the underpinning knowledge.
403.3.2 Record sequence and timing of the learning outcomes and adopt strategies to make training accessible to, and effective for all trainees.
403.3.3 Develop strategies to overcome barriers to learning.
403.3.4 Identify appropriate training methods for:
- the training outcomes
- trainee characteristics
- availability of equipment and resources.
403.3.5 Design and develop training to ensure that learning will be confirmed and feedback provided to trainees at appropriate stages.
![Page 169: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/169.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 169 UTL98
Elements Performance Criteria 403.3.6 Provide trainees with an opportunity to
relate their learning to work situations and to manage their own learning.
403.3.7 Identify learning materials and the evidence required for assessment. State how evidence will be collected.
403.3.8 Identify and confirm training costs with appropriate personnel.
403.4 Prepare learning materials.
403.4.1 List learning outcomes and make decisions about design to overcome barriers to learning.
403.4.2 Specify subject matter required to achieve learning outcomes and select formats for material which enhance the learning capability.
403.4.3 Use appropriate text related to language, style and level, use clear and accurate visual material that conforms to display conventions, and provide instructions for use of required equipment.
403.4.4 Observe copyright laws.
403.5 Manage training events. 403.5.1 Identify resources required for training and have them approved by appropriate personnel.
403.5.2 Identify and arrange a training location and equipment, tools and other resources to support the specified learning opportunities.
403.5.3 Make arrangements with persons who are required to assist in the training program and arrange a safe and accessible training environment.
403.6 Establish training data bank.
403.6.1 Maintain a list/record of internal training resource personnel and external personnel from whom information on training can be obtained.
403.6.2 Keep easily accessible information on training and training materials and on assessment and maintain an up-to-date register of likely external courses and providers.
![Page 170: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/170.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
170 © UTL98
Elements Performance Criteria
Deliver Training 403.7 Prepare trainees for the
learning experience. 403.7.1 Explain to, and discuss with, trainees the
training objectives and the learning outcomes and together explore any barriers to learning.
403.7.2 Clearly explain the sequence of activities to be followed in the training program to trainees.
403.7.3 Explain to, and discuss with, trainees ways in which competencies are to be developed and assessed.
403.8 Present training session. 403.8.1 Structure the presentation and training methods and make sure these are appropriate for the development of the trainees' competencies.
403.8.2 Ensure that presentation and training methods provide:
- variety
- encourage participation
- reinforce key points.
403.8.3 Review and modify, as necessary, the presentation process to meet learning needs and use training equipment and material in a way that improves trainees' learning.
403.8.4 Present information clearly and accurately in the correct sequence.
403.8.5 Encourage trainees to participate by:
- questioning
- clarifying points of concern
- commenting appropriately at identified stages.
403.8.6 Provide supplementary information to enhance and clarify understanding and use, at appropriate times in the session, a summary of key points to reinforce learning.
403.9 Support trainees in managing their own learning.
403.9.1 Provide resource material suitable for self-managed learning and brief trainees in their role.
![Page 171: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/171.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 171 UTL98
Elements Performance Criteria 403.9.2 Identify and bring to the notice of trainees,
health and safety hazards.
403.9.3 During the learning process provide:
- timely information and advice
- assistance as required
- opportunities to make choices and decisions.
403.10 Facilitate group learning. 403.10.1 Brief trainees on the rationale, process and outcomes of a group approach.
403.10.2 Use group training methods to maximise learning effectiveness and assign individuals to groups in which they can work effectively.
403.10.3 Provide clear directions and guidance on content and process, as required and assist groups to recognise the needs and requirements of individual members.
403.10.4 Properly manage trainer interventions during group discussions and ensure that the review of group processes is shared between trainer and trainees.
403.11 Provide opportunities for practice.
403.11.1 Provide practice opportunities according to the specific learning situation and the training program.
403.11.2 Monitor trainees' readiness for assessment of competency and discuss with trainees.
403.11.3 Discuss the process, rationale and outcomes of practice and provide, during practice, constructive feedback and reinforcement.
403.12 Provide feedback on progress to trainees.
403.12.1 Evaluate trainees' progress against learning outcomes, organisation and trainee goals.
403.12.2 Feedback is provided on the outcomes of progress review and trainees helped to consider their progress.
403.12.3 Diagnose progress results to provide a guide for the approach to be adopted in the next stage of training.
403.13 Review delivery experience.
403.13.1 Seek from, and discuss with, trainees their reaction to the delivery, as appropriate.
![Page 172: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/172.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
172 © UTL98
Elements Performance Criteria 403.13.2 Trainer to self-assess his/her performance
against predetermined goals.
403.13.3 Give consideration to, and incorporate, any adjustments to delivery practices.
Conduct Assessment. 403.14 Establish evidence
required. 403.14.1 Establish evidence required to infer
competency from the endorsed competency standards, learning outcomes of the training program or other performance measures used.
403.14.2 Specify evidence requirements to assure valid inferences of competency.
403.14.3 Specify evidence requirements for the assessor to authenticate the performance of the person/s being assessed.
403.14.4 Specify sufficient evidence to show consistent achievement of the specified standards, identify opportunities to consolidate evidence gathering and establish the cost of gathering the required evidence.
403.15 Establish assessment method/s.
403.15.1 Select assessment methods which are appropriate for gathering the type and amount of evidence required.
403.15.2 Propose suitable adjustments in the assessment method to cater for those person/s being assessed who have special needs.
403.16 Develop simple assessment tools.
403.16.1 Design an assessment tool/s which gathers:
- valid evidence
- reliable evidence
- sufficient evidence or complements the use of other assessment tools in gathering sufficient evidence.
403.16.2 Ensure the evidence gathered is valid, reliable and properly documented according to organisation's requirements.
![Page 173: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/173.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 173 UTL98
Elements Performance Criteria 403.17 Review evidence
requirements, assessment methods and assessment tools.
403.17.1 Trial assessment methods and tools with persons similar to those who will ultimately be assessed.
403.17.2 Evaluate the assessment methods and tools for:
- clarity
- reliability
- validity
- fairness
- cost effectiveness
403.17.3 Make improvements and changes to assessment methods and tools in light of the evaluation of the pilot exercise.
403.17.4 Ratify procedures with relevant personnel in the industry/organisation or training establishment, of the evidence requirements, assessment methods and assessment tools and the process used in developing them.
403.18 Identify and explain the context of assessment.
403.18.1 Discuss context and purpose of assessment with person/s being assessed and confirm that it is understood.
403.18.2 Obtain and explain to the person/s being assessed the relevant performance measures applying to assessment (eg competency standards, learning outcomes of the training program). Instructions are verified by person/s being assessed.
403.18.3 Explain and obtain agreement for the assessment procedure.
403.18.4 Identify and explain and legal and ethical responsibilities associated with assessment to person/s being assessed.
403.18.5 Check whether person/s being assessed requires the allowable adjustments in the assessment procedure applying to those with special needs.
![Page 174: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/174.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
174 © UTL98
Elements Performance Criteria 403.19 Plan evidence gathering
opportunities. 403.19.1 Identify opportunities to gather evidence of
competency occurring as part of workplace or training activities and of the need to gather additional evidence which might not occur as part of these activities.
403.19.2 Plan and schedule all evidence gathering activity in accordance with the assessment procedure.
403.19.3 Ensure that the planned approach to evidence gathering provides sufficient, valid and fair evidence of competency and that it covers the four (4) key dimensions of competence:
- task skills
- task management skills
- contingency management skills
- job/role environment skills.
403.20 Organise assessment. 403.20.1 Obtain and arrange the resources specified in the assessment procedure and inform relevant person/s of assessment plans.
403.20.2 Check that the assessment environment permits fair, valid and reliable assessment and that it is safe and accessible.
403.20.3 Explain assessment arrangements and requirements simply and clearly to person/s being assessed and obtain their agreement regarding these arrangements.
403.21 Gather evidence. 403.21.1 Put person/s being assessed at ease and then gather all the evidence specified in the assessment procedure using the methods and tools specified.
403.21.2 Gather evidence for those with special needs in accordance with specified allowable adjustments to the assessment method/s.
403.21.3 Document the evidence gathered in accordance with the assessment procedure.
![Page 175: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/175.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 175 UTL98
Elements Performance Criteria 403.22 Make the assessment
decision. 403.22.1 Evaluate the evidence gathered in terms of:
- validity
- authenticity
- sufficiency
- currency
- consistent achievement of the specified standard.
403.22.2 Make the assessment decision in accordance with criteria specified in the assessment procedure and seek guidance, if in doubt, from a more experienced assessor/s nominated in the assessment procedure.
403.23 Record assessment results. 403.23.1 Record assessment results promptly in accordance with the specified assessment procedure and accurately, in accordance with specified record keeping requirements.
403.24 Provide feedback to person/s being assessed.
403.24.1 Discuss and confirm performance with person/s being assessed and provide them with clear and constructive feedback.
403.24.2 Explore ways of overcoming any gaps in the competency revealed by assessment with person/s being assessed.
403.24.3 Provide guidance on further goals/training opportunities, if appropriate.
403.24.4 Advise and confirm with person/s being assessed re-assessment opportunities and/or review appeal mechanisms available where the assessment decision is challenged.
403.25 Report on the conduct of the assessment.
403.25.1 Report on positive and negative features experienced in conducting assessment to those responsible for the assessment procedure.
403.25.2 Record and promptly report any assessment decision disputed by the person/s being assessed to those nominated in the assessment procedure.
403.25.3 Make suggestions for improving any aspect of the assessment process to those
![Page 176: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/176.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
176 © UTL98
responsible for the assessment procedure.
Elements Performance Criteria Review Assessment
403.26 Periodically review the assessment procedures.
403.26.1 Comply with the review process established by the organisation, industry or training authority.
403.26.2 Review the operations of the assessment procedure at a specified site in cooperation with person/s being assessed and with any relevant parties in industry/the organisation/training establishment and/or any agency identified under legislation.
403.26.3 Document and evaluate review activities and substantiate review findings.
403.26.4 Make recommendations for changes to the assessment procedure in light of the review outcomes to the appropriate person/s.
403.26.5 Make effective contributions to system-wide reviews of the assessment process.
403.27 Observe and promote occupational health and safety.
403.27.1 Relevant statutory and enterprise requirements for occupational health and safety are communicated to all personnel and implemented at all work sites.
403.27.2 Accidents and injuries are reported.
403.27.3 Potential hazards and safety risks are identified, investigated and recommendations for preventative action referred to appropriate authorities.
403.27.4 Occupational health and safety training and first aid training, where appropriate, is encouraged and undertaken.
403.27.5 Personal well being is maintained and promoted.
403.27.6 Safety threatening situations arising from physical/psychological incompatibility with the work environment are identified and resolved.
![Page 177: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/177.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 177 UTL98
Range of Variables Category 2 applies to those persons for whom training is a large part of their job, or the full job function within a structured training context.
Category 2 trainers have considerable responsibility for program development and documentation, assessing and reporting and recording training information.
Training provision may range from one-to-one, small group or large group training. It may include both on and off-the-job informal and the subject matter is limited to the trainers' areas of expertise.
This unit is optional with the relationship to the Australian Standards Framework (ASF) resting at ASF 2-5. For each level, the competency will be applied to skills at or below its corresponding level.
![Page 178: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/178.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
178 © UTL98
UTL NLS 404 A Workplace Assessor
Descriptor: This unit applies to persons who conduct assessment in accordance with an assessment procedure established by the industry, or enterprise, or training establishment. The assessor works within a structured assessment situation and has limited discretionary powers. Persons with these competencies will have access to guidance and support from more experienced assessors within the industry or enterprise or training establishment.
Elements Performance Criteria 404.1 Identify and explain the
context of assessment. 404.1.1 Discuss the context and purpose of
assessment with the person/s being assessed and confirm that it is understood.
404.1.2 Obtain and explain to person/s being assessed the relevant performance measures applying to assessment (eg: current endorsed competency standards, learning outcomes of the training program). Instructions are verified by person/s being assessed.
404.1.3 Explain and obtain agreement for the assessment procedure.
404.1.4 Identify and explain any legal and ethical responsibilities associated with assessment to the person/s being assessed.
404.1.5 Check whether the person/s being assessed requires the allowable adjustments in the assessment procedure applying to those with special needs.
404.2 Plan evidence gathering opportunities.
404.2.1 Identify opportunities to gather evidence of competency which occur as part of workplace or training activities.
404.2.2 Identify the need to gather additional evidence which may not occur as part of workplace or training activities.
404.2.3 Plan and schedule all evidence gathering activity in accordance with the assessment procedure.
404.2.4 Ensure that the planned approach to gathering evidence will provide sufficient, reliable, valid and fair evidence of competency.
![Page 179: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/179.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 179 UTL98
Elements Performance Criteria 404.2.5 Ensure that the planned approach to
gathering evidence will cover the four (4) key dimensions of competence:
- task skills
- task management skills
- contingency management skills
- job/role environment skills.
404.3 Organise assessment. 404.3.1 Obtain and arrange the resources specified in the assessment procedure.
404.3.2 Inform the relevant persons of assessment plans.
404.3.3 Check that the assessment environment permits fair, valid and reliable assessment.
404.3.4 Check that the assessment environment is safe and accessible.
404.3.5 Explain the assessment arrangements and requirements simply and clearly to the person/s being assessed.
404.3.6 Obtain agreement regarding assessment arrangements with person/s being assessed.
404.4 Gather evidence. 404.4.1 Put the person/s being assessed at ease.
404.4.2 Gather all the evidence specified in the assessment procedure, using assessment methods and tools specified.
404.4.3 Gather evidence for those with special needs, in accordance with specified allowable adjustments to the assessment method/s.
404.4.4 Document the evidence gathered in accordance with the assessment procedure.
404.5 Make the assessment decision.
404.5.1 Evaluate the evidence gathered in terms of its:
- validity
- authenticity
- sufficiency
- currency
- consistent achievement of the specific standard.
![Page 180: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/180.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
180 © UTL98
Elements Performance Criteria 404.5.2 Make the assessment decision in
accordance with the criteria specified in the assessment procedure.
404.5.3 Seek guidance, if in doubt, from a more experienced assessor/s nominated in the assessment procedure.
404.6 Record assessment results. 404.6.1 Record assessment results promptly and in accordance with the specified assessment procedure.
404.6.2 Record assessment results accurately in accordance with the specified record keeping requirements.
404.6.3 Provide access to the assessment records only to authorised personnel.
404.6.4 Maintain confidentiality of assessment outcome.
404.7 Provide feedback to assessee.
404.7.1 Discuss and confirm performance with the person/s being assessed.
404.7.2 Give clear and constructive feedback to the person/s being assessed.
404.7.3 Explore with the person/s being assessed ways of overcoming any gaps in their competency revealed by assessment.
404.7.4 Give guidance on further goals/training opportunities, if appropriate.
404.7.5 Advise and confirm with person/s being assessed reassessment opportunities and/or review appeal mechanisms available where the assessment decision is challenged.
404.8 Report on the conduct of the assessment.
404.8.1 Report on positive and negative features experienced in conducting assessment to those responsible for the assessment procedure.
404.8.2 Record and report promptly any assessment decision disputed by the person/s being assessed to those nominated in the assessment procedure.
404.8.3 Make suggestions for improving any aspect of the assessment process to those responsible for the assessment procedure.
![Page 181: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/181.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 181 UTL98
Elements Performance Criteria 404.9 Observe and promote
occupational health and safety.
404.9.1 Relevant statutory and enterprise requirements for occupational health and safety are communicated to all personnel and implemented at all work sites.
404.9.2 Accidents and injuries are reported.
404.9.3 Potential hazards and safety risks are identified, investigated and recommendations for preventative action referred to appropriate authorities.
404.9.4 Occupational health and safety training and first aid training, where appropriate, is encouraged and undertaken.
404.9.5 Personal well being is maintained and promoted.
404.9.6 Safety threatening situations arising from physical/psychological incompatibility with the work environment are identified and resolved.
Range of Variables Assessors include: persons working in any position involving assessment functions such as supervisors, frontline managers, workers on the shop floor, persons in training or management positions, training providers (private/public) and members of work teams or groups.
Assessment system specifies: the purpose of assessment; competencies and certification required by assessors; record keeping procedures and policies; and allowable adjustments to the assessment method/s made for person/s being assessed with special needs; appeal/review mechanisms and procedures; review and evaluation process; linkages between assessment and training qualifications/awards, employee classification, remuneration, progression; relevant policies; quality assurance procedures; apportionment of costs/fees (if applicable); and marketing/promotion of assessment.
Assessment procedure is developed and endorsed by persons responsible for the implementation of the assessment process in the industry, enterprise, training provider, or a combination of these and specifies: recording procedure; appeal/review mechanisms; assessment methods; number of assessors; assessment tools; evidence required; location and timing of assessment; group size and allowable adjustments for persons with special needs.
Assessment may be used for one or more purposes such as diagnosing performance, classifying an employee, confirming an employee's competency for career advancement/job level, awards/qualifications, providing statement of attainment, confirming progress in learning, recognising prior learning.
Assessment may be conducted by an assessor working alone, or a team comprising subject knowledge expert/s and assessment expert/s, or an assessor
![Page 182: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/182.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
182 © UTL98
working in conjunction with the trainer, supervisor mentor of the assessee/s or with a more experienced assessor.
Assessment methods may include: direct observation of performance, practical tasks, projects, written/oral, computer-based questioning, simulation exercises, consideration of third party reports, self assessment, consideration of authenticated prior achievements or a combination of methods.
Evidence gathering/assessment tools may include: specific instructions relating to the performance of special tasks/processes or simulation exercises, specific instructions related to projects and exercises, oral/ written/ computer-based questions, performance check lists, log books and marking guides or a combination of tools in order to provide sufficient evidence to make a judgment.
Assessment may occur: in the workplace (on-the-job), in a training centre (off-the-job), in a simulated workplace, or in a combination of locations (on and off-the-job situations). Assessment may involve assessing one person or a group of persons.
Where assessee/s has special needs, reasonable adjustment will be made to the assessment process. Such person/s may include those with disabilities, literacy/numeracy and/or language difficulties, non-English speaking backgrounds (NESB), or anxious or inexperienced candidates.
Reasonable adjustments include: provision of personal support services (interpreter, reader, attendant, carer, scriber), use of special equipment (word processor or lifting hear), adaptive technology, shorter assessment sessions catering for fatigue or medication, use of large print version of any papers.
This unit is optional with the relationship to the Australian Standards Framework (ASF) resting at ASF 2-5. For each level, the competency will be applied to skills at or below its corresponding level
![Page 183: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/183.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 183 UTL98
UTL NLS405 A Release Passengers from Lifts
Descriptor: This unit covers the actions necessary to release passengers from a lift which has become immobilised.
Elements Performance criteria
405.1 Plan and prepare for release.
405.1.1 Release is planned and prepared to ensure Occupational Health & Safety policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.
405.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.
405.1.3 Release is checked against job requirements.
405.1.4 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.
405.1.5 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the release are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.
405.1.6 Preparatory work is checked to ensure no unnecessary damage has occurred and complies with requirements
405.2 Commence the release process.
405.2.1 On arrival at the site, the exact nature of the situation is confirmed including:
- the specific lift car involved
- the location of the lift car in the shaft
- the user’s interpretation of the situation
- the numbers and details of passengers
- any immediate medical/emergency support requirement.
405.2.2 Passengers are reassured that assistance is underway and are sensitively advised of their requirements regarding safety and doors.
405.2.3 Passengers’ needs are identified and responded to within the constraints imposed
![Page 184: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/184.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
184 © UTL98
Elements Performance criteria by the situation.
405.2.4 Appropriate emergency services support is arranged including medical and para-medical support.
405.2.5 Personal conduct and demeanour is controlled and framed to promote confidence and avoid a panic situation.
405.3 Release passengers. 405.3.1 The fault situation is assessed and the lift is
- made operational
- the circuit breaker is isolated.
405.3.2 If conditions allow, lift is moved at a controlled speed to the selected floor.
405.3.3 Passengers are reassured and kept informed of actions at all times.
405.3.4 Passengers are assisted to exit from the lift car.
405.3.5 General condition of passengers is observed, recorded and reported in accordance with statutory and enterprise requirements.
405.3.6 Once passengers are released, the lift and site are secured for public safety.
405.4 Inspect and notify completion of work.
405.4.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure all work conforms to requirements.
405.4.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.
Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.
Equipment may include electro-hydraulic, electric passenger and goods, inclined, and lifts for passengers with limited mobility and other special purposes.
Components may include governors, safety devices, safety gear, brakes, door operator, locks and manual release of mechanical brake operation of emergency lowering valves.
Procedures will include enterprise and OH&S requirements and passenger release in response to a range of breakdown/faults. Enterprise procedures related to passenger safety, application of power sources and hand winding/lowering are to be strictly observed.
![Page 185: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/185.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 185 UTL98
Communication may include information required at the site including the number of passengers, the condition of passengers, the direction of lift travel before lift stopped, and indication of fault including abnormal noises and the status of doors and information to be passed on to passengers including warnings against standing near doors or tampering with, or using controls. Information on the impending movement of the lift and opening of doors needs to be conveyed.
Testing devices may include multimeter and enterprise specific test equipment.
Technical drawings may include schematic diagrams.
![Page 186: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/186.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
186 © UTL98
Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:
1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.
1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.
1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings
Knowledge and Skills - Basic
Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.
1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.
2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.
![Page 187: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/187.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 187 UTL98
3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Workshop practices - basic.
Identification of tools Use of tools Fitting techniques Application of tools Metal fabrication, materials and techniques Safety Machine adjustment
Belt tensioning Basic alignment
Gland
Packing Adjustment
Bearing
Selection Removal Replacement
Hinges
Free movement Adjustment
2. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.
OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools
Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR
3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Transformer principles and connections.
Construction
Core Shell Laminations Nameplate details
Windings
Primary Secondary Double wound Auto Single phase Three phase Identification Insulation resistance Winding segregation Lead segregation
Operation
Step down Step up Turns ratio Voltage ratio Current ratio Efficiency
Connections
Primary Secondary Tappings Polarity markings Paralleling
![Page 188: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/188.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
188 © UTL98
2. Motor operation, characteristics and protection.
Three phase motors
Construction Operating principles Performance characteristics
Motor protection
Short duration overloads Sustained overloads Repetitive starting or reversingHigh operating temperature Protection devices
Starting current and starters
Requirements Direct on line Star delta Auto transformer Soft start (electronic) Primary resistance Secondary resistance
Speed torque relationships Connection methods
Braking Rotation
Rule requirements
Control switches Isolating switches Automatic starting
Fault testing
Terminal voltage Insulation resistance Winding resistance/continuity Control and power circuit testing
Single phase motors
Construction Split phase motors Capacitor types Universal motor Reversal of rotation
Applications
Torque/power/speed characteristic
DC machines
Control of output voltage Armature reaction Commutation Interpoles Back EMF Torque Speed Losses Efficiency
DC machine types and connections
Permanent magnet Separately excited Shunt Series Compound Reversal
Characteristics and applications
Excitation/voltage Speed/voltage Load/voltage/load current Torque/load current Torque/speed Speed/load current
DC motor starters
Starting current Current limitation Resistance for limiting starting current Operation of starters
Specialised DC machines
Tachogenerator Servomotors Stepper motors
Ward Leonard system
![Page 189: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/189.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 189 UTL98
Power, torque, speed and efficiency
Fault and fault finding
Common faults Diagnostic testing
3. Electrical principles.
Basic electrical concepts
SI units Charge Voltage Current Resistance Factors affecting resistance Work Energy Power
Effects of current
Physiological Chemical Magnetic Thermal
Resistors
Fixed Variable Linear Non linear Power rating
Sources of EMF
Piezo Photovoltaic Thermal Electromagnetic Chemical
Basic circuits
Principle of operation Ohm’s Law Series circuit Parallel circuit Series-parallel circuit Power Voltage and current laws
Batteries
Magnetic principles
Magnetic fields Magnetic quantities and units Magnetising curve and hysteresis Reluctance Effect of an air gap Retentivity Forces on conductors
Electromagnetic induction and inductance
Faraday’s law Lenz’s law Inductors Series and parallel connections Inductor specifications and applications Testing inductors Hazards and precautions
Capacitors
Charging/discharging Specifications and applications Series and parallel connections Testing Hazards and precautions
AC fundamentals
Periodic voltage and current Waveforms Measurement of AC quantities Determining RMS values Determining frequency Determining phase angles
Reactance and impedance
Inductive reactance Capacitive reactance Impedance triangle Effects in circuits
![Page 190: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/190.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
190 © UTL98
Primary Secondary Handling Charging Connections Internal resistance Terminal voltage
Measurement
Meters Meter characteristics Loading effect Sources of error
Series resonance Parallel resonance
Three phase principles
Star and delta connections Line and phase voltages Line and phase currents Three phase power
Power factor
Effects True, apparent and reactive power Power factor improvement
4. Power supplies.
Rectifier diode
P-N junction Silicon and germanium characteristics
Diode specifications Terminal identification Diode ohm meter testing
Half wave rectifier
Basic circuit VAC/VDC relationship Peak inverse voltage Measurement and testing Applications
Centre tapped full wave
Basic circuit VAC/VDC relationship Peak inverse voltage Measurement and testing Applications
Bridge rectifier
Basic circuit Block bridges VAC/VDC relationship Measurement and testing Applications
Fault finding Safety
Three phase rectifiers
Half wave Full wave Waveforms
Filter circuits Capacitor Inductive L section Pi section
Zener regulators
Zener diode characteristics Shunt regulator circuit Regulator specifications Line/load regulation Series resistor calculations Applications
Three terminal regulators
Characteristics and specifications Connection diagram Circuit stability requirements Reverse voltage protection methods
Dual polarity supplies
Need for dual polarity Basic IC dual polarity regulator
Basic power supply protection
Fuses
![Page 191: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/191.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 191 UTL98
VDRs LCR networks
5. Read and interpret technical manuals.
Drawing interpretation
Conventions Symbols Switching charts
Floor plans
Electrical layout Mechanical services
6. Relays, contactors, solenoids and basic control circuits.
Contactors and relays
Coils and ratings Contacts and ratings Normally open Normally closed Delayed operating contacts Terminals and markings Solenoid/mechanical operations Effects of an air gap on operation
Basic control
Stop/start Overload Interlock/safety Hold-in Power circuit connection Control circuit connection
7. Cables and terminations.
Isolation procedures
Identifying protection devices Isolating Testing Tagging Locking-off
Terminating cords and cables
Requirements Glands Lugs Terminations Copper cables Aluminium cables
Cables
Materials Specifications Colour coding Cable structures Applications Handling
Electrical accessories
Types Applications Fixing methods Fixing techniques
![Page 192: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/192.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
192 © UTL98
8. Circuit protection and earthing.
Earthing and earthing systems
Regulatory requirement Direct MEN ELCB (voltage operated)
Supplementary earthing protection
Isolation RCD operation RCD circuit connections
Circuit protection
Excess circuit current Over voltage Under voltage Fault current Overload Inverse time characteristics Discrimination Arc central Fuses HRC fuses Circuit breakers Surge diverters
9. Emergency release procedures - trapped passengers.
OH&S considerations Enterprise requirements and procedures
Passenger safety Moving under power Hand winding
Communication with passengers related to status of lift
Determining numbers and condition of passengers Direction of lift travel before stopping Fault indication Status of doors
Communication with passengers related to passenger safety and comfort
Warnings about using controls Warnings about standing near doors Information related to impending movement Information relating to opening of doors Reassurance as to safety of passengers
Emergency medical support
10. Lift components - electro-mechanical.
Lift control circuits (relay logic only)
Button circuit Indicator/lantern circuit Key switch circuits Fans Mains supply Power circuits Floor selector circuitry
Motor room control (selector)
Well control (transducer)
Lift components - electrical
Relays Tachos Limit switches Brushes Selectors Motor/generator Transformers Fuses Lamps Terminals
![Page 193: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/193.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 193 UTL98
Directional circuitry Slowing and stopping circuitryRe-levelling circuitry Door operator circuitry Acceleration circuits
Safety circuits - type, operation and actuation
Landing door locks Car door locks Emergency stop Pit switch Car trap-door limit switch Fire service Car top switch Tappet switch Governor/switch Safety gear switch Reverse phase relay Phase failure relay Overloads Circuit breakers Limit switches Terminal stopping Door protection Circuit switches
Lift components - electronic
Encoders Transducers Electronic boards Selectors Rectifiers Capacitors Resistors Processor Board I/O board
Electrical layout and special requirements
Lift Code and AS 3000 requirements Special lift symbols Conduits Travelling cable Troughing Colour coding and labelling Segregation LV/ELV Communication cabling Door lock wiring
Drives - types, construction and operation Traction Gearless types
Speed/load characteristics Efficiency Application Brakes Electric prime mover (motor types and control)
Geared types
Speed/load characteristics Efficiency Application Brakes Electric prime mover (motor types and control)
Drum Rack and pinion Chain Screw
![Page 194: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/194.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
194 © UTL98
11. Electro-hydraulic lifts.
Electrical circuitry Pump motor, starter Control components and operation
Governor switch Over travel limits Up, down solenoids Up, down limit switches Levelling switch Stop button Faulty components diagnosis
12. Lift systems - basic operations.
Safety issues
Personal safety equipment Hazard identification and reporting Single and team manual handling Communication on site Emergency procedures Access to and safe working practice in relation to
Machine room Top of car Lift pit
Statutory requirements
Lift Code Australian Standards
Escalators and moving walks
Components
Machine Brakes Controllers Safety devices Balustrade lighting Steps/pallets/belts Hand rail Drive chain Truss Track systems Step/pallet chains Rollers Tension carriage
Traction lift components
Types of lifts
Passenger Goods Service
Machine room equipment
Machine Controller Governor Floor selector
Well equipment
Guide rails Landing doors and locks Limit switches/operating devices Ropes Roping systems Counterweights
Pit equipment
Buffers Compensators Safety equipment
Car equipment
Frame Superstructure Door operator Travelling cable Buttons and indicators Communication devices
![Page 195: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/195.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 195 UTL98
Hand rail earthing Safety gear
13. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:
− technical manuals and instructions
− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies
− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:
Legislation and Australian Standards
Consultative processes
Training and development
Hazard identification and assessment
Risk assessment and management
Monitoring procedures and records.
14. Time management and co-ordination processes.
15. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.
16. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.
17. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.
18. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.
19. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.
20. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.
21. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.
22. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.
23. Maintain and promote personal well being.
24. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.
25. Use hand tools.
26. Use power tools - hand held operation.
27. Measure with graduated devices.
28. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.
29. Interpret technical drawings.
30. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.
![Page 196: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/196.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
196 © UTL98
4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.
5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.
6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.
In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.
ROV Guideline for Release Passengers from Lifts Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C and Group D and Group E and Group F. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.
The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
A At least 2
Equipment electro-hydraulic lifts electric passenger and goods lifts inclined lifts lifts for passengers with limited mobility and other special purposes
B Do all Procedures enterprise OH&S (work cover)
C At least 3 Components governors
![Page 197: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/197.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 197 UTL98
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
safety devices safety gear brakes door operator locks and manual release of mechanical brake operation of emergency lowering valves.
D Do all
Communication information required at the site including the number of passengers, the condition of passengers, the direction of lift travel before lift stopped, and indication of fault including abnormal noises and the status of doors information to be passed on to passengers including warnings against standing near doors or tampering with, or using controls information on the impending movement of the lift and opening of doors
E Do all Testing devices multimeter enterprise specific test equipment
F Do all Technical drawings
schematic diagrams
Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.
In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.
![Page 198: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/198.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
198 © UTL98
Unit NLS406 Lift Performance Assessment
Descriptor: This unit covers those tests and techniques required to assess the performance parameters of lift systems.
Elements Performance criteria
406.1 Plan and prepare to assess the performance of lift systems.
406.1.1 Assessment of lift systems is planned and prepared to ensure OH&S policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.
406.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.
406.1.3 Performance assessments are checked against job requirements.
406.1.4 Materials necessary to complete the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.
406.1.5 Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the work are obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and safety.
406.2 Assess the performance of
406.2.1 OH&S policies and procedures are followed.
Lift systems. 406.2.2 Performance assessments are performed in accordance with requirements.
406.2.3 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.
406.2.4 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.
406.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.
406.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the performance assessments conforms to requirements.
406.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.
![Page 199: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/199.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 199 UTL98
Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.
Assessment of performance will include any static and dynamic functions prescribed in the Lift Code, other relevant Australian Standards and State and Territory Regulations applying to inspection and certification.
Competencies apply to work over a wide range of equipment including different types of control systems and equipment spanning a wide age range. Competencies at this level will be demonstrated on non-routine equipment where discretion is required to plan and select the appropriate equipment and techniques.
Systems include traction lifts (including group systems); electrohydraulic lifts; escalators; moving walks
![Page 200: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/200.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
200 © UTL98
Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:
1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.
1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.
1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings
Knowledge and Skills - Basic
Knowledge and Skills – Underpinning
1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.
2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.
![Page 201: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/201.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 201 UTL98
3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Workshop practices - basic.
Identification of tools Tool use Fitting techniques
Application of tools Metal fabrication, materials and techniques Safety
2. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.
OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools
Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR
3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Cables and terminations.
Isolation procedures
Identifying protection devices Isolating Testing Tagging Locking-off
Terminating cords and cables
Requirements Glands Lugs Terminations Copper cables Aluminium cables
Cables
Materials Specifications Colour coding Cable structures Applications Handling
Electrical accessories
Types Applications Fixing methods Fixing techniques
2. Circuit protection and earthing.
Earthing and earthing systems
Regulatory requirement Direct MEN ELCB (voltage operated)
Supplementary earthing protection
Isolation RCD operation RCD circuit connections
Circuit protection
Excess circuit current Over voltage Under voltage Fault current Overload Inverse time characteristics Discrimination Arc central Fuses HRC fuses Circuit breakers Surge diverters
3. Project planning.
![Page 202: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/202.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
202 © UTL98
Requirements for tender documents Estimating of costs of production Producing visual monitoring system schedules Converting function to time and cost
Graphical “S” curve for recording achievement against plan Extracting Forecasting and control data
4. Electrical principles.
Basic electrical concepts
SI units Charge Voltage Current Resistance Factors affecting resistance Work Energy Power
Effects of current
Physiological Chemical Magnetic Thermal
Resistors
Fixed Variable Linear Non linear Power rating
Sources of EMF
Piezo Photovoltaic Thermal Electromagnetic Chemical
Basic circuits
Principle of operation Ohm’s Law Series circuit Parallel circuit Series-parallel circuit Power Voltage and current laws
Batteries
Primary
Magnetic principles
Magnetic fields Magnetic quantities and units Magnetising curve and hysteresis Reluctance Effect of an air gap Retentivity Forces on conductors
Electromagnetic induction and inductance
Faraday’s law Lenz’s law Inductors Series and parallel connections Inductor specifications and applications Testing inductors Hazards and precautions
Capacitors
Charging/discharging Specifications and applications Series and parallel connections Testing Hazards and precautions
AC fundamentals
Periodic voltage and current Waveforms Measurement of AC quantities Determining RMS values Determining frequency Determining phase angles
Reactance and impedance
Inductive reactance Capacitive reactance Impedance triangle Effects in circuits Series resonance
![Page 203: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/203.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 203 UTL98
Secondary Handling Charging Connections Internal resistance Terminal voltage
Measurement
Meters Meter characteristics Loading effect Sources of error
Parallel resonance
Three phase principles
Star and delta connections Line and phase voltages Line and phase currents Three phase power
Power factor
Effects True, apparent and reactive power Power factor improvement
5. Motor operation, characteristics and protection.
Three phase motors
Construction Operating principles Performance characteristics
Motor protection
Short duration overloads Sustained overloads Repetitive starting or reversingHigh operating temperature Protection devices
Starting current and starters
Requirements Direct on line Star delta Auto transformer Soft start (electronic) Primary resistance Secondary resistance
Speed torque relationships Connection methods
Braking Rotation
Rule requirements
Control switches Isolating switches Automatic starting
Fault testing
Terminal voltage Insulation resistance
Single phase motors
Construction Split phase motors Capacitor types Universal motor Reversal of rotation
Applications
Torque/power/speed characteristic Power, torque, speed and efficiency
Fault and fault finding
Common faults Diagnostic testing
DC machines
Control of output voltage Armature reaction Commutation Interpoles Back EMF Torque Speed Losses Efficiency
DC machine types and connections
Permanent magnet Separately excited Shunt
![Page 204: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/204.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
204 © UTL98
Winding resistance/continuity Control and power circuit testing
Alternator principles
Construction details Excitation methods Voltage regulation Ratings
Three phase synchronous motors
Principle of operation Effect of load Effect of varying field excitation Applications
Single phase synchronous motors
Common types Principle of operation Effect of load Effect of varying field excitation Applications
Series Compound Reversal
Characteristics and applications
Excitation/voltage Speed/voltage Load/voltage/load current Torque/load current Torque/speed Speed/load current
DC motor starters
Starting current Current limitation Resistance for limiting starting current Operation of starters
Specialised DC machines
Tachogenerator Servomotors Stepper motors
Ward Leonard system6. Digital electronics.
Digital circuit operation
Binary numbering Truth tables Boolean representation Signification of boolean Circuit implementation Logic probe fault finding
Hexadecimal Binary coded digit (BCD) Binary to decimal conversion Binary to hexadecimal conversion Decimal to hexadecimal conversion Characters using 7 BIT ASCII code Electrostatic discharge precautions
Effect of ESD Handling of components
Operation and characteristics of
Decoders
Operation Seven segment display decoder Encoders - operation Priority encoders Multiplexers Truth table implementation Demultiplexers
Digital sub-systems
Flip-flop operation Level triggered flip-flops Edge triggered flip-flops Synchronous inputs Asynchronous inputs Serial and parallel loading Shift left Shift right
Counters
D flip-flop JK flip-flop Modulus counters
![Page 205: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/205.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 205 UTL98
displays
LED displays LCD displays
Up/down counters Count speed IC counters Ring counters Astable multivibrators Monostable multivibrators
Logic device terminal characteristics
Logic levels Supply voltages Power dissipation Drive currents Voltage levels Loading Propagation delays Noise margins Switching speed Open collector/drain outputs Tristate logic and buffers Interfacing of different logic families Schmitt trigger device
7. Lift systems - basic operations.
Safety issues
Personal safety equipment Hazard identification and reporting Single and team manual handling Communication on site Emergency procedures Access to and safe working practice in relation to
Machine room Top of car Lift pit
Statutory requirements
Lift Code Australian Standards
Escalators and moving walks
Components
Machine Brakes Controllers Safety devices Balustrade lighting
Traction lift components
Types of lifts
Passenger Goods Service
Machine room equipment
Machine Controller Governor Floor selector
Well equipment
Guide rails Landing doors and locksLimit switches/operating devices Ropes Roping systems Counterweights
Pit equipment
Buffers Compensators Safety equipment
![Page 206: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/206.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
206 © UTL98
Steps/pallets/belts Hand rail Drive chain Truss Track systems Step/pallet chains Rollers Tension carriage Hand rail earthing
Car equipment
Frame Superstructure Door operator Travelling cable Buttons and indicators Communication devices Safety gear
8. Electro-hydraulic lifts.
Electrical circuitry Pump motor, starter Control components and operation
Governor switch Over travel limits Up, down solenoids Up, down limit switches Levelling switch Stop button Faulty components diagnosis
9. Industrial computer systems.
Computer systems overview PC hardware orientation Basic DOS commands DOS Set-Up & Utilities Windows operations Word processors
Spreadsheets Databases as used for control applications CAD/Vector graphics Introduction to a control application package
![Page 207: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/207.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 207 UTL98
10. Control concepts.
Control
Advantages Applications Terminology
Dimensional calculations Basic transducer principles and physical variables
Measurement terminology Types of controllers (include computer resident systems) Process characteristics Basic controller principles Introductory control systems
11. Variable speed drives.
Advantages of Variable Speed Drives Speed and direction control Acceleration control Torque control Energy savings Terminology used with Variable Speed Drives Direction: Forward and Reverse Speed: +ve and -ve Torque: +ve and -ve 4 quadrants of Torque/Speed operation Acceleration: +ve and -ve Load Power, Supply Power, Efficiency 3-Phase AC Induction Motor control principles Operating Characteristics of 3-Phase Squirrel Cage Induction Motors (SQIM) Equivalent circuit of an AC Induction Motor Starting Torque, Pull-up torque, Pull-out Torque, Synchronous Speed Torque/Speed Curve Voltage/Frequency Speed Ratio Frequency affects on AC Motors Operating Characteristics of 3-Phase Slip Ring Induction Motor Torque/Speed Curve Rotor Resistance/Speed relationship
Control System for Variable Speed Drives PWM (Pulse width modulated), VVVF drive (Variable voltage variable frequency) Inverter control system Speed feedback and Control System Current feedback and Control System External Interface Selection of, and Applications for PWM, VVVF Drives Flux Vector Control Drive inverter control system speed feedback and Control System current feedback and Control System select of, and Applications for Slip recovery Drives Control System for Soft Starteroverview of Operation of Soft Starter selection of, and Applications for Soft Starters New Development in AC Variable Speed drive Technology example - Switched Reluctance Drive Motor Protection of AC Variable Speed Drives and Motors Sources of failure: Loss of cooling Overloading Frequent starting Supply problems High ambient temperature
![Page 208: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/208.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
208 © UTL98
Overview of Electronic Power Control Devices Types of Devices: Power Diodes Power Thyristors Power Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJT’s) Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors (IGBT’s) Gate Turn Off Thyristors (GTO’s) Field Controlled Thyristors (FCT’s) Characteristics of Devices Power Ratings Speed of Switching Base/Gate Drive RequirementsCommon Drive Applications for Devices Power Electronic Converters Common Electronic Power Control Circuits for: AC/DC Rectifier, Un-controlled and Controlled DC/AC Inverter, PWM and quasi-Square Wave AC/AC Converters, Rectifier linked to Inverter and a Matrix converter DC/DC converters, PWM Input and Output Waveforms for Power Electronic Converters: Interference generated by circuits, Electrical and Audio Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Introduction to harmonic distortion analysis using microprocessor based test equipment (not mathematical analysis) Filtering techniques employed to optimise EMC Switching Frequency and effects on Motor performance and EMC
Methods of protecting against sources of failure Protecting the frequency Convertor current limit over current trim Protecting the AC Motor Motor Thermal Model Commissioning purpose setting Parameters testing Differentiation of Common Faults in systems source of faults methods to determine nature of fault includes communications and external interface Adjust settings Manufacturers specifications Load testing Identify drive faults source of faults fault finding methods Selection, Installation, and Fault Finding Techniques choosing size of frequency convertor motor loading & cooling checking motor loading oversynchronous speed, advantages mounting position and enclosures supply and control cable selection and installation environmental conditions earthing
12. Transducers.
![Page 209: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/209.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 209 UTL98
Measurement principles
Measurement process Systems of units Standards, calibration, traceability Errors, accuracy, precision, sensitivity
Transducer classifications and Specifications
Resistive, capacitive, inductive, magnetic, sonic operating range Sensitivity Frequency response Resonant frequency Environment compatibility Repeatability Ruggedness Electrical specifications
Types of transducer
Thermistor Photoresistor Opto-devices Speakers Magnetic pick-ups Strain gauge Hall-effect devices Piezo devices
Interfacing transducers to electronic systems
Mounting methods Electrical/mechanical connections Basic signal conditioning concepts dividers AC/DC, DC/AC Amplifiers Analogue/digital conversion
13. Electro-hydraulic lifts - mechanical operation.
Principles of fluid power
Fluids Hydraulics Pascal’s Law Safety considerations of fluids under pressure
Components
Pump Control of hydraulic pressure Solenoid values Directional flow
Pressure gauge
Ram/cylinders
Single stage Multi stage
Oil cooler Oil reservoir Filters Seals Bleeding lines General operation
Lift applications
Types of arrangements
Side acting Direct Suspended
Requirements of Lift Code/Standards
Viewing communication windows Labelling circuit breakers’ Head room/top of car Pump installation under car Anti-creep devices Closing of landing doors
Emergency passenger release
Manual lowering OH&S considerations communications
14. Lift components - electro-mechanical.
![Page 210: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/210.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
210 © UTL98
Lift control circuits (relay logic only)
Button circuit Indicator/lantern circuit Key switch circuits Fans Mains supply Power circuits Floor selector circuitry
Motor room control (selector)
Well control (transducer) Directional circuitry Slowing and stopping circuitryRe-levelling circuitry Door operator circuitry Acceleration circuits
Safety circuits - type, operation and actuation
Landing door locks Car door locks Emergency stop Pit switch Car trap-door limit switch Fire service Car top switch Tappet switch Governor/switch Safety gear switch Reverse phase relay Phase failure relay Overloads Circuit breakers Limit switches Terminal stopping Door protection Circuit switches
Lift components - electronic
Encoders Transducers Electronic boards Selectors Rectifiers Capacitors Resistors Processor Board I/O board
Lift components - electrical
Relays Tachos Limit switches Brushes Selectors Motor/generator Transformers Fuses Lamps Terminals
Electrical layout and special requirements
Lift Code and AS 3000 requirements Special lift symbols Conduits Travelling cable Troughing Colour coding and labelling Segregation LV/ELV Communication cabling Door lock wiring
Drives - types, construction and operation Traction Gearless types
Speed/load characteristics Efficiency Application Brakes Electric prime mover (motor types and control)
Geared types
Speed/load characteristics Efficiency Application Brakes Electric prime mover (motor types and control)
Drum Rack and pinion Chain Screw
![Page 211: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/211.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 211 UTL98
15. Electric lifts - mechanics.
Governors and safety gear Overspeed devices
Types of governors
Vertical shaft Horizontal shaft
Operation of each type of governor Testing procedures for each type of governor Governor rope tension test
Types of safety gear
Type A instantaneous Type B flexible guide clamp Type C wedge clamp Type D oil buffer
Release procedures for each type of safety gear/governor combination Statutory requirements Maintenance, replacement and adjustment of mechanical lift components Door locks Air cords Selectors Bearings
Roller Sleeve
Guide shoes
Roller Slipper
Door guides Landing doors Car doors Tapes/chains Motor room equipment Well equipment Pit equipment Brakes Geared and gearless machine brakes
Brake function and statutory requirements Types of brake operation
Mechanical configurations
External Internal
Electrical operations
Stall motor Solenoid Hydraulic
Brake inspection and adjustment
Mechanical Electrical
Brake circuit operation
Brake circuitry
Manual release of brakes
Safe procedures Release devices
Statutory requirements
![Page 212: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/212.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
212 © UTL98
16. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:
− technical manuals and instructions
− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies
− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:
Legislation and Australian Standards
Consultative processes
Training and development
Hazard identification and assessment
Risk assessment and management
Monitoring procedures and records.
17. Time management and co-ordination processes.
18. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.
19. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.
20. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.
21. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.
22. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.
23. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.
24. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.
25. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.
26. Maintain and promote personal well being.
27. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.
28. Use hand tools.
29. Use power tools - hand held operation.
30. Measure with graduated devices.
31. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.
32. Interpret technical drawings.
33. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.
![Page 213: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/213.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 213 UTL98
4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.
5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.
6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.
In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.
ROV Guideline for Lift Performance Assessment Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.
The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
A Do all
Performance assessment will include all static and dynamic functions prescribed in the Lift Code, other relevant Australian Standards and State and Territory Regulations applying to performance assessment
B Do all Systems traction lifts
C Do any one
Systems electrohydraulic lifts escalators moving walks
![Page 214: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/214.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
214 © UTL98
Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.
In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.
![Page 215: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/215.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 215 UTL98
UTL NLS407 A Co-ordinate Commissioning of Lifts
Descriptor: Co-ordinate maintenance of lift systems (including inspection schedules) and provide technical support to maintenance personnel.
Elements Performance criteria
407.1 Plan and prepare to co-ordinate maintenance.
407.1.1 Maintenance is planned and prepared to ensure OH&S policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.
407.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.
407.1.3 Maintenance schedules are obtained to enable appropriate allocation of the work.
407.1.4 Materials necessary to complete the work are made available in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.
407.2 Co-ordinate and support
407.2.1 OH&S policies and procedures are followed.
maintenance activities.
407.2.2 Technical support is provided to maintenance personnel where necessary.
407.2.3 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.
407.2.4 Approvals are obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any actions or contingencies are implemented.
407.2.5 Maintenance activities are co-ordinated and appropriately supported.
407.2.6 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.
407.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.
407.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the maintenance lift systems conforms to requirements and that necessary co-ordination has been completed.
407.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.
![Page 216: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/216.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
216 © UTL98
Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.
Competency can be demonstrated in the co-ordination activities, leading and participation in and facilitation of the work of others appropriate to the level of autonomy in the workplace, encompassing the communication of established work requirements; monitoring and introduction of best practices consistent with the level of autonomy; ability to co-ordinate resources against work requirements; provision of leadership consistent with the level of autonomy; ability to work effectively with working group; facilitation of problem solving with working group related to the co-ordination of the work; co-ordination of skills within working group to meet work requirements; ability to resolve conflicts related to the co-ordination of the work; participation in internal and external environments to successfully influence technical issues affecting working group; provision of directions related to the co-ordination of the work of others.
The co-ordination of maintenance programs may include working groups that are on-going; project based; cross-functional;
Working groups may include full time employees; part time employees; contractors
Systems may include traction lifts; electrohydraulic lifts; escalators; moving walks
![Page 217: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/217.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 217 UTL98
Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:
1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.
1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.
1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings
Knowledge and Skills - Basic
Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning
1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.
2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.
![Page 218: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/218.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
218 © UTL98
3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Workshop practices - basic.
Identification of tools Tool use Fitting techniques
Application of tools Metal fabrication, materials and techniques Safety
2. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.
OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools
Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR
3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Cables and terminations.
Isolation procedures
Identifying protection devices Isolating Testing Tagging Locking-off
Terminating cords and cables
Requirements Glands Lugs Terminations Copper cables Aluminium cables
Cables
Materials Specifications Colour coding Cable structures Applications Handling
Electrical accessories
Types Applications Fixing methods Fixing techniques
![Page 219: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/219.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 219 UTL98
2. Circuit protection and earthing.
Earthing and earthing systems
Regulatory requirement Direct MEN ELCB (voltage operated)
Supplementary earthing protection
Isolation RCD operation RCD circuit connections
Circuit protection
Excess circuit current Over voltage Under voltage Fault current Overload Inverse time characteristics Discrimination Arc central Fuses HRC fuses Circuit breakers Surge diverters
3. Electro-hydraulic lifts.
Electrical circuitry Pump motor, starter Control components and operation
Governor switch Over travel limits Up, down solenoids Up, down limit switches Levelling switch Stop button Faulty components diagnosis
4. Electrical principles.
Basic electrical concepts
SI units Charge Voltage Current Resistance Factors affecting resistance Work Energy Power
Effects of current
Physiological Chemical Magnetic Thermal
Resistors
Fixed Variable
Magnetic principles
Magnetic fields Magnetic quantities and units Magnetising curve and hysteresis Reluctance Effect of an air gap Retentivity Forces on conductors
Electromagnetic induction and inductance
Faraday’s law Lenz’s law Inductors Series and parallel connections Inductor specifications and applications Testing inductors Hazards and precautions
![Page 220: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/220.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
220 © UTL98
Linear Non linear Power rating
Sources of EMF
Piezo Photovoltaic Thermal Electromagnetic Chemical
Basic circuits
Principle of operation Ohm’s Law Series circuit Parallel circuit Series-parallel circuit Power Voltage and current laws
Batteries
Primary Secondary Handling Charging Connections Internal resistance Terminal voltage
Measurement
Meters Meter characteristics Loading effect Sources of error
Capacitors
Charging/discharging Specifications and applications Series and parallel connections Testing Hazards and precautions
AC fundamentals
Periodic voltage and current Waveforms Measurement of AC quantities Determining RMS values Determining frequency Determining phase angles
Reactance and impedance
Inductive reactance Capacitive reactance Impedance triangle Effects in circuits Series resonance Parallel resonance
Three phase principles
Star and delta connections Line and phase voltages Line and phase currents Three phase power
Power factor
Effects True, apparent and reactive power Power factor improvement
![Page 221: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/221.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 221 UTL98
5. Motor operation, characteristics and protection.
Three phase motors
Construction Operating principles Performance characteristics
Motor protection
Short duration overloads Sustained overloads Repetitive starting or reversingHigh operating temperature Protection devices
Starting current and starters
Requirements Direct on line Star delta Auto transformer Soft start (electronic) Primary resistance Secondary resistance
Speed torque relationships Connection methods
Braking Rotation
Rule requirements
Control switches Isolating switches Automatic starting
Fault testing
Terminal voltage Insulation resistance Winding resistance/continuity Control and power circuit testing
Alternator principles
Construction details Excitation methods Voltage regulation Ratings
Three phase synchronous motors
Principle of operation Effect of load Effect of varying field
Single phase motors
Construction Split phase motors Capacitor types Universal motor Reversal of rotation
Applications
Torque/power/speed characteristic Power, torque, speed and efficiency
Fault and fault finding
Common faults Diagnostic testing
DC machines
Control of output voltage Armature reaction Commutation Interpoles Back EMF Torque Speed Losses Efficiency
DC machine types and connections
Permanent magnet Separately excited Shunt Series Compound Reversal
Characteristics and applications
Excitation/voltage Speed/voltage Load/voltage/load current Torque/load current Torque/speed Speed/load current
DC motor starters
Starting current Current limitation
![Page 222: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/222.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
222 © UTL98
excitation Applications
Single phase synchronous motors
Common types Principle of operation Effect of load Effect of varying field excitation Applications
Resistance for limiting starting current Operation of starters
Specialised DC machines
Tachogenerator Servomotors Stepper motors
Ward Leonard system
6. Digital electronics.
Digital circuit operation
Binary numbering Truth tables Boolean representation Signification of boolean Circuit implementation Logic probe fault finding
Hexadecimal Binary coded digit (BCD) Binary to decimal conversion Binary to hexadecimal conversion Decimal to hexadecimal conversion Characters using 7 BIT ASCII code Electrostatic discharge precautions
Effect of ESD Handling of components
Operation and characteristics of displays
LED displays LCD displays
Decoders
Operation Seven segment display decoder Encoders - operation Priority encoders Multiplexers Truth table implementation Demultiplexers
Digital sub-systems
Flip-flop operation Level triggered flip-flops Edge triggered flip-flops Synchronous inputs Asynchronous inputs Serial and parallel loading Shift left Shift right
Counters
D flip-flop JK flip-flop Modulus counters Up/down counters Count speed IC counters Ring counters Astable multivibrators Monostable multivibrators
Logic device terminal characteristics
Logic levels Supply voltages Power dissipation Drive currents Voltage levels Loading
![Page 223: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/223.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 223 UTL98
Propagation delays Noise margins Switching speed Open collector/drain outputs Tristate logic and buffers Interfacing of different logic families Schmitt trigger device
42-NE179 43-NE180 7. Lift systems - basic operations.
Safety issues
Personal safety equipment Hazard identification and reporting Single and team manual handling Communication on site Emergency procedures Access to and safe working practice in relation to
Machine room Top of car Lift pit
Statutory requirements
Lift Code Australian Standards
Escalators and moving walks
Components
Machine Brakes Controllers Safety devices Balustrade lighting Steps/pallets/belts Hand rail Drive chain Truss Track systems Step/pallet chains Rollers Tension carriage Hand rail earthing
Traction lift components
Types of lifts
Passenger Goods Service
Machine room equipment
Machine Controller Governor Floor selector
Well equipment
Guide rails Landing doors and locks Limit switches/operating devices Ropes Roping systems Counterweights
Pit equipment
Buffers Compensators Safety equipment
Car equipment
Frame Superstructure Door operator Travelling cable Buttons and indicators Communication devices Safety gear
![Page 224: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/224.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
224 © UTL98
8. Industrial computer systems.
Computer systems overview PC hardware orientation Basic DOS commands DOS Set-Up & Utilities Windows operations Word processors
Spreadsheets Databases as used for control applications CAD/Vector graphics Introduction to a control application package
9. Control concepts.
Control
Advantages Applications Terminology
Dimensional calculations Basic transducer principles and physical variables
Measurement terminology Types of controllers (include computer resident systems) Process characteristics Basic controller principles Introductory control systems
10. Variable speed drives.
Advantages of Variable Speed Drives Speed and direction control Acceleration control Torque control Energy savings Terminology used with Variable Speed Drives Direction: Forward and Reverse Speed: +ve and -ve Torque: +ve and -ve 4 quadrants of Torque/Speed operationAcceleration: +ve and -ve Load Power, Supply Power, Efficiency 3-Phase AC Induction Motor control principles Operating Characteristics of 3-Phase Squirrel Cage Induction Motors (SQIM) Equivalent circuit of an AC Induction Motor Starting Torque, Pull-up torque, Pull-out Torque, Synchronous Speed Torque/Speed Curve Voltage/Frequency Speed Ratio Frequency affects on AC Motors Operating Characteristics of 3-Phase Slip Ring Induction Motor Torque/Speed Curve
Control System for Variable Speed Drives PWM (Pulse width modulated), VVVF drive (Variable voltage variable frequency) Inverter control system Speed feedback and Control System Current feedback and Control System External Interface Selection of, and Applications for PWM, VVVF Drives Flux Vector Control Drive inverter control system speed feedback and Control System current feedback and Control System select of, and Applications for Slip recovery Drives Control System for Soft Starter overview of Operation of Soft Starter selection of, and Applications for Soft Starters New Development in AC Variable Speed drive Technology example - Switched Reluctance Drive Motor Protection of AC Variable Speed Drives and Motors Sources of failure: Loss of cooling Overloading
![Page 225: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/225.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 225 UTL98
Rotor Resistance/Speed relationship Overview of Electronic Power Control Devices Types of Devices: Power Diodes Power Thyristors Power Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJT’s) Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors (IGBT’s) Gate Turn Off Thyristors (GTO’s) Field Controlled Thyristors (FCT’s) Characteristics of Devices Power Ratings Speed of Switching Base/Gate Drive Requirements Common Drive Applications for Devices Power Electronic Converters Common Electronic Power Control Circuits for: AC/DC Rectifier, Un-controlled and Controlled DC/AC Inverter, PWM and quasi-Square Wave AC/AC Converters, Rectifier linked to Inverter and a Matrix converter DC/DC converters, PWM Input and Output Waveforms for Power Electronic Converters: Interference generated by circuits, Electrical and Audio Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)Introduction to harmonic distortion analysis using microprocessor based test equipment (not mathematical analysis) Filtering techniques employed to optimise EMC Switching Frequency and effects on Motor performance and EMC
Frequent starting Supply problems High ambient temperature Methods of protecting against sources of failure Protecting the frequency Convertor current limit over current trim Protecting the AC Motor Motor Thermal Model Commissioning purpose setting Parameters testing Differentiation of Common Faults in systems source of faults methods to determine nature of fault includes communications and external interface Adjust settings Manufacturers specifications Load testing Identify drive faults source of faults fault finding methods Selection, Installation, and Fault Finding Techniques choosing size of frequency convertor motor loading & cooling checking motor loading oversynchronous speed, advantages mounting position and enclosures supply and control cable selection and installation environmental conditions earthing
![Page 226: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/226.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
226 © UTL98
11. Transducers.
Measurement principles
Measurement process Systems of units Standards, calibration, traceability Errors, accuracy, precision, sensitivity
Transducer classifications and Specifications
Resistive, capacitive, inductive, magnetic, sonic operating range Sensitivity Frequency response Resonant frequency Environment compatibility Repeatability Ruggedness Electrical specifications
Types of transducer
Thermistor Photoresistor Opto-devices Speakers Magnetic pick-ups Strain gauge Hall-effect devices Piezo devices
Interfacing transducers to electronic systems
Mounting methods Electrical/mechanical connections Basic signal conditioning concepts dividers AC/DC, DC/AC Amplifiers Analogue/digital conversion
12. Electro-hydraulic lifts - mechanical operation.
Principles of fluid power Fluids Hydraulics Pascal’s Law Safety considerations of fluids under pressure
Components Pump Control of hydraulic pressure Solenoid values Directional flow
Pressure gauge Ram/cylinders
Single stage Multi stage
Oil cooler Oil reservoir Filters Seals Bleeding lines General operation
Lift applications Types of arrangements
Side acting Direct Suspended
Requirements of Lift Code/Standards Viewing communication windows Labelling circuit breakers’ Head room/top of car Pump installation under car Anti-creep devices Closing of landing doors
Emergency passenger release Manual lowering OH&S considerations communications
![Page 227: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/227.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 227 UTL98
13. Lift components - electro-mechanical.
Lift control circuits (relay logic only) Button circuit Indicator/lantern circuit Key switch circuits Fans Mains supply Power circuits Floor selector circuitry
Motor room control (selector)
Well control (transducer) Directional circuitry Slowing and stopping circuitryRe-levelling circuitry Door operator circuitry Acceleration circuits
Safety circuits - type, operation and actuation
Landing door locks Car door locks Emergency stop Pit switch Car trap-door limit switch Fire service Car top switch Tappet switch Governor/switch Safety gear switch Reverse phase relay Phase failure relay Overloads Circuit breakers Limit switches Terminal stopping Door protection Circuit switches
Lift components - electronic Encoders Transducers Electronic boards Selectors Rectifiers Capacitors Resistors Processor Board I/O board
Lift components - electrical Relays Tachos Limit switches Brushes Selectors Motor/generator Transformers Fuses Lamps Terminals
Electrical layout and special requirements
Lift Code and AS 3000 requirements Special lift symbols Conduits Travelling cable Troughing Colour coding and labelling Segregation LV/ELV Communication cabling Door lock wiring
Drives - types, construction and operation Traction Gearless types
Speed/load characteristics Efficiency Application Brakes Electric prime mover (motor types and control)
Geared types Speed/load characteristics Efficiency Application Brakes Electric prime mover (motor types and control)
Drum Rack and pinion Chain Screw
14. Electric lifts - mechanics.
![Page 228: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/228.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
228 © UTL98
Governors and safety gear Overspeed devices
Types of governors
Vertical shaft Horizontal shaft
Operation of each type of governor Testing procedures for each type of governor Governor rope tension test
Types of safety gear
Type A instantaneous Type B flexible guide clamp Type C wedge clamp Type D oil buffer
Release procedures for each type of safety gear/governor combination Statutory requirements Maintenance, replacement and adjustment of mechanical lift components Door locks Air cords Selectors Bearings
Roller Sleeve
Guide shoes
Roller Slipper
Door guides Landing doors Car doors Tapes/chains Motor room equipment Well equipment Pit equipment Brakes Geared and gearless machine brakes
Brake function and statutory requirements Types of brake operation
Mechanical configurations
External Internal
Electrical operations
Stall motor Solenoid Hydraulic
Brake inspection and adjustment
Mechanical Electrical
Brake circuit operation
Brake circuitry
Manual release of brakes
Safe procedures Release devices
Statutory requirements
15. Project planning.
Requirements for tender documents Estimating of costs of production Producing visual monitoring system schedules Converting function to time and cost
Graphical “S” curve for recording achievement against plan Extracting Forecasting and control data
![Page 229: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/229.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 229 UTL98
16. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:
− technical manuals and instructions
− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies
− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:
Legislation and Australian Standards
Consultative processes
Training and development
Hazard identification and assessment
Risk assessment and management
Monitoring procedures and records.
17. Time management and co-ordination processes.
18. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.
19. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.
20. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.
21. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.
22. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.
23. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.
24. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.
25. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.
26. Maintain and promote personal well being.
27. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.
28. Use hand tools.
29. Use power tools - hand held operation.
30. Measure with graduated devices.
31. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.
32. Interpret technical drawings.
33. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.
![Page 230: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/230.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
230 © UTL98
4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.
5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.
6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.
In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.
ROV Guideline for Co-ordinate Commissioning of Lifts Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.
The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
A At least 5
Aspects of co-ordination - communication of established work requirements. - monitoring and introduction of best practices consistent with the level of autonomy. - ability to co-ordinate resources against work requirements. - provision of leadership consistent with the level of autonomy. - ability to work effectively with working group. - facilitation of problem solving with working group related to the co-ordination of the work.
![Page 231: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/231.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 231 UTL98
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
- co-ordination of skills within working group to meet work requirements. - ability to resolve conflicts related to the co-ordination of the work. - participation in internal and external environments to successfully influence technical issues affecting working group. - provision of directions related to the co-ordination of the work of others.
B At least 1
Working groups - full time employees - part time employees - contractors
C At least 1
Installation types - traction lifts - electrohydraulic lifts - escalators - moving walks
Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.
In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.
![Page 232: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/232.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
232 © UTL98
UTL NLS408 A Co-ordinate Maintenance of Lifts
Descriptor: Co-ordinate commissioning of lift systems and provide technical support to commissioning personnel.
Elements Performance criteria
408.1 Plan and prepare to co-ordinate commissioning.
408.1.1 Commissioning is planned and prepared to ensure OH&S policies and procedures are followed, the work is appropriately sequenced in accordance with requirements.
408.1.2 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.
408.1.3 Commissioning schedules are obtained to enable appropriate allocation of the work.
408.1.4 Materials and equipment necessary to complete the work are made available in accordance with established procedures and checked against job requirements.
408.2 Co-ordinate and support Commissioning activities
408.2.1 OH&S policies and procedures are followed.
408.2.2 Technical support is provided to commissioning personnel where necessary.
408.2.3 Unplanned events or conditions are responded to in accordance with established procedures.
408.2.4 Approval is obtained in accordance with established procedures from appropriate personnel before any contingencies are implemented.
408.2.5 On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established procedures.
408.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.
408.3.1 Final inspections are undertaken to ensure the commissioning of lift systems conforms to requirements.
408.3.2 Work completion is notified in accordance with established procedures.
![Page 233: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/233.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 233 UTL98
Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.
Competency can be demonstrated in the co-ordination, leading and participation in and facilitation of the work of others appropriate to the level of autonomy in the workplace encompassing the communication of established work requirements, monitoring and introduction of best practices consistent with the level of autonomy; ability to co-ordinate resources against work requirement; provision of leadership consistent with the level of autonomy; ability to work effectively with working group; facilitation of problem solving with working group related to the co-ordination of the work; co-ordination of skills within working group to meet work requirements; ability to resolve conflicts related to the co-ordination of the work; participation in internal and external environments to successfully influence technical issues affecting working group; provision of directions related to the co-ordination of the work of others.
The co-ordination of commissioning programs may include working groups that are on-going; project based; cross-functional;
Working groups may include full time employees; part time employees; contractors
Systems may include traction lifts; electrohydraulic lifts; escalators; moving walks
![Page 234: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/234.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
234 © UTL98
Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:
1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.
1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.
1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings
Knowledge and Skills – Basic
Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.
1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.
2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.
![Page 235: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/235.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 235 UTL98
3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Workshop practices - basic.
Identification of tools Use of tools Fitting techniques
Application of tools Metal fabrication, materials and techniques Safety
2. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.
OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools
Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR
3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Microprocessor fundamentals.
Microprocessor system Block diagram Central processing unit Read/write memory Read only memory Input output devices Address, data and control busses
Semiconductor RAM ICs Memory cell Memory organisation Addressing methods Storage capacity and density Static and dynamic Volatile and non volatile memory Destructive/non destructive read Read and write cycles Access time Random sequential access Refresh
2. Power control.
Typical power control applications. Heaters, soldering irons, stove elements, lamp dimmers, motor speed controllers etc.) Methods of power control and phase angle control. Pulsed Power Control:
bimetal thermostat heaters half-wave/full-wave control (duo temperature soldering irons) series resistor control (continuously variable)
Power control devices, symbols and specification and in-circuit operation. Operation of typical half-wave and full-wave power control circuits. Limitations of phase angle control and noise reduction methods. Fault finding and safety problems.
![Page 236: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/236.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
236 © UTL98
3. Electrical principles.
Basic electrical concepts
SI units Charge Voltage Current Resistance Factors affecting resistance Work Energy Power
Effects of current
Physiological Chemical Magnetic Thermal
Resistors
Fixed Variable Linear Non linear Power rating
Sources of EMF
Piezo Photovoltaic Thermal Electromagnetic Chemical
Basic circuits
Principle of operation Ohm’s Law Series circuit Parallel circuit Series-parallel circuit Power Voltage and current laws
Batteries
Primary Secondary Handling Charging Connections
Magnetic principles
Magnetic fields Magnetic quantities and units Magnetising curve and hysteresis Reluctance Effect of an air gap Retentivity Forces on conductors
Electromagnetic induction and inductance
Faraday’s law Lenz’s law Inductors Series and parallel connections Inductor specifications and applications Testing inductors Hazards and precautions
Capacitors
Charging/discharging Specifications and applications Series and parallel connections Testing Hazards and precautions
AC fundamentals
Periodic voltage and current Waveforms Measurement of AC quantities Determining RMS values Determining frequency Determining phase angles
Reactance and impedance
Inductive reactance Capacitive reactance Impedance triangle Effects in circuits Series resonance Parallel resonance
Three phase principles
Star and delta connections
![Page 237: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/237.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 237 UTL98
Internal resistance Terminal voltage
Measurement
Meters Meter characteristics Loading effect Sources of error
Line and phase voltages Line and phase currents Three phase power
Power factor
Effects True, apparent and reactive power Power factor improvement
4. Digital electronics.
Digital circuit operation
Binary numbering Truth tables Boolean representation Signification of Boolean Circuit implementation Logic probe fault finding
Hexadecimal Binary coded digit (BCD) Binary to decimal conversion Binary to hexadecimal conversion Decimal to hexadecimal conversion Characters using 7 BIT ASCII code Electrostatic discharge precautions
Effect of ESD Handling of components
Operation and characteristics of displays
LED displays LCD displays
Decoders
Operation Seven segment display decoder Encoders - operation Priority encoders Multiplexers Truth table implementation Demultiplexers
Digital sub-systems
Flip-flop operation Level triggered flip-flops Edge triggered flip-flops Synchronous inputs Asynchronous inputs Serial and parallel loading Shift left Shift right
Counters
D flip-flop JK flip-flop Modulus counters Up/down counters Count speed IC counters Ring counters Astable multivibrators Monostable multivibrators
Logic device terminal characteristics
Logic levels Supply voltages Power dissipation Drive currents Voltage levels Loading
![Page 238: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/238.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
238 © UTL98
Propagation delays Noise margins Switching speed Open collector/drain outputs Tristate logic and buffers Interfacing of different logic families Schmitt trigger device
5. Read and interpret technical manuals.
Drawing interpretation
Conventions Symbols Switching charts
Floor plans
Electrical layout Mechanical services
6. Motor operation, characteristics and protection.
Three phase motors
Construction Operating principles Performance characteristics
Motor protection
Short duration overloads Sustained overloads Repetitive starting or reversingHigh operating temperature Protection devices
Starting current and starters
Requirements Direct on line Star delta Auto transformer Soft start (electronic) Primary resistance Secondary resistance
Speed torque relationships Connection methods
Braking Rotation
Rule requirements
Control switches Isolating switches Automatic starting
Single phase motors
Construction Split phase motors Capacitor types Universal motor Reversal of rotation
Applications
Torque/power/speed characteristic Power, torque, speed and efficiency
Fault and fault finding
Common faults Diagnostic testing
DC machines
Control of output voltage Armature reaction Commutation Interpoles Back EMF Torque Speed Losses Efficiency
DC machine types and connections
![Page 239: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/239.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 239 UTL98
Fault testing
Terminal voltage Insulation resistance Winding resistance/continuity Control and power circuit testing
Alternator principles
Construction details Excitation methods Voltage regulation Ratings
Three phase synchronous motors
Principle of operation Effect of load Effect of varying field excitation Applications
Single phase synchronous motors
Common types Principle of operation Effect of load Effect of varying field excitation Applications
Permanent magnet Separately excited Shunt Series Compound Reversal
Characteristics and applications
Excitation/voltage Speed/voltage Load/voltage/load current Torque/load current Torque/speed Speed/load current
DC motor starters
Starting current Current limitation Resistance for limiting starting current Operation of starters
Specialised DC machines
Tachogenerator Servomotors Stepper motors
Ward Leonard system 7. Circuit protection and earthing.
Earthing and earthing systems
Regulatory requirement Direct MEN ELCB (voltage operated)
Supplementary earthing protection
Isolation RCD operation RCD circuit connections
Circuit protection
Excess circuit current Over voltage Under voltage Fault current Overload Inverse time characteristics Discrimination Arc central Fuses HRC fuses Circuit breakers Surge diverters
8. Lift systems - basic operations.
Safety issues
Personal safety equipment Hazard identification and
Traction lift components
Types of lifts
Passenger
![Page 240: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/240.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
240 © UTL98
reporting Single and team manual handling Communication on site Emergency procedures Access to and safe working practice in relation to
Machine room Top of car Lift pit
Statutory requirements
Lift Code Australian Standards
Escalators and moving walks
Components
Machine Brakes Controllers Safety devices Balustrade lighting Steps/pallets/belts Hand rail Drive chain Truss Track systems Step/pallet chains Rollers Tension carriage Hand rail earthing
Goods Service
Machine room equipment
Machine Controller Governor Floor selector
Well equipment
Guide rails Landing doors and locks Limit switches/operating devices Ropes Roping systems Counterweights
Pit equipment
Buffers Compensators Safety equipment
Car equipment
Frame Superstructure Door operator Travelling cable Buttons and indicators Communication devices Safety gear
9. Advanced test equipment.
Types Uses Advances CROS CRO probes Storage oscilloscopes Signal generators Audio and mini volt meters
Noise and distortion meters Counter timers/frequency meters Chart recorders A/D - D/A converters Logic pulsers Logic probes
10. Industrial computer systems.
Computer systems overview PC hardware orientation Basic DOS commands DOS Set-Up & Utilities
Spreadsheets Databases as used for control applications CAD/Vector graphics
![Page 241: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/241.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 241 UTL98
Windows operations Word processors
Introduction to a control application package
11. Control concepts.
Control
Advantages Applications Terminology
Dimensional calculations Basic transducer principles and physical variables
Measurement terminology Types of controllers (include computer resident systems) Process characteristics Basic controller principles Introductory control systems
12. Analogue electronics 1.
Operational amplifier circuits
Inverting Non-inverting Voltage follower Transresistance Transconductance
Limitations
Power supply Input voltage Output current
Slew rate
DC non-idealities
Input bias current Input offset current Input offset voltage
Operational amplifiers
Noise calculation Noise measurement
Frequency compensation
Gain and phase margin Single-pole, double pole and feed forward compensation
13. Analogue electronics 2.
Single stage small signal BJT/FET amplifiers
Analysis Alternative modes of operation Determination of DC bias conditions and AC parameters
Determination of the low and high frequency composite gain and phase response of an amplifier. Multistage amplifiers
Coupling techniques Effect on system parameters
![Page 242: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/242.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
242 © UTL98
14. Transducers.
Measurement principles
Measurement process Systems of units Standards, calibration, traceability Errors, accuracy, precision, sensitivity
Transducer classifications and Specifications
Resistive, capacitive, inductive, magnetic, sonic operating range Sensitivity Frequency response Resonant frequency Environment compatibility Repeatability Ruggedness Electrical specifications
Types of transducer
Thermistor Photoresistor Opto-devices Speakers Magnetic pick-ups Strain gauge Hall-effect devices Piezo devices
Interfacing transducers to electronic systems
Mounting methods Electrical/mechanical connections Basic signal conditioning concepts dividers AC/DC, DC/AC Amplifiers Analogue/digital conversion
15. Engineering design concepts.
Design philosophy Essential features of a design specification Economics of design
Calculation of design loads form loading data Design Standards and Codes Design Procedures
16. Project planning.
Requirements for tender documents Estimating of costs of production Producing visual monitoring system schedules Converting function to time and cost
Graphical “S” curve for recording achievement against plan Extracting Forecasting and control data
17. Transducer applications.
Light and radioactivity detection
Light Sensors Measurement units and terms Photoemissive light sensors Photoconductive light sensors Photovoltaic light sensors X-Ray sensors Nuclear radiation sensors Units of radiation measurement
Motion and force detection
Motion and force sensing basics Linear motion sensors Angular motion sensors Speed of rotation sensors Compression sensors Tension, torque sensors Acceleration, vibration sensors Altitude sensors
![Page 243: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/243.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 243 UTL98
Radiation sensors
Temperature detection
Temperature-sensing basics Measurement units and terms Bimetallic Fluid-pressure Resistive Semiconductor Thermocouple Radiation pyrometer Oscillating-crystal
Fluid flow and pressure detection
Fluid-flow sensing basics Flow units and terms Rate of flow sensors Quantity of flow sensors Fluid pressure sensing basics Pressure units and terms Pressure sensors Pressure cell Differential-pressure sensors
Moisture and humidity sensors
Moisture and humidity measurement basics Moisture and humidity measurement units and terms Hygrometer-type sensors Resistive Dielectric-film Mechanical displacement Oscillating-crystal Aluminium-oxide Psychrometer-type sensors Dew point sensors Temperature-sensing Instant - of condensation
18. Electronic switching.
Introduction to operating modes of BJT, FET and MOSFET devices
Cut-off Saturation Amplification (analogue)
Relay characteristics
Types Ratings
Relationship of operating modes to industrial control circuits and modules
On/off state resistance Current sinking and sourcing PNP type NPN type Analogue
Voltage level switching circuits
High to low voltage Low to high voltage TTL and CMOS interfacing Applications
The 4-20mA current loop
Range and span of operation Application 4-20mA transmitter/receiver ICs
Speciality interfacing ICs
Opto-coupler ICs RS 232 transmitter/receiver ICs High current driver ICs
19. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:
− technical manuals and instructions
− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies
![Page 244: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/244.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
244 © UTL98
− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:
Legislation and Australian Standards
Consultative processes
Training and development
Hazard identification and assessment
Risk assessment and management
Monitoring procedures and records.
20. Time management and co-ordination processes.
21. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.
22. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.
23. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.
24. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.
25. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.
26. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.
27. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.
28. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.
29. Maintain and promote personal well being.
30. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.
31. Use hand tools.
32. Use power tools - hand held operation.
33. Measure with graduated devices.
34. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.
35. Interpret technical drawings.
36. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.
![Page 245: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/245.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 245 UTL98
4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.
5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.
6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.
In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.
ROV Guideline for Co-ordinate Maintenance of Lifts Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.
The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
A At least 5
Aspects of co-ordination - communication of established work requirements. - monitoring and introduction of best practices consistent with the level of autonomy. - ability to co-ordinate resources against work requirements. - provision of leadership consistent with the level of autonomy. - ability to work effectively with working group. - facilitation of problem solving with working group related to the co-
![Page 246: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/246.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
246 © UTL98
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
ordination of the work. - co-ordination of skills within working group to meet work requirements. - ability to resolve conflicts related to the co-ordination of the work. - participation in internal and external environments to successfully influence technical issues affecting working group. - provision of directions related to the co-ordination of the work of others.
B At least 1
Working groups - full time employees - part time employees - contractors
C At least 1
Installation types - traction lifts - electrohydraulic lifts - escalators - moving walks
Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.
In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.
![Page 247: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/247.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 247 UTL98
UTL NLS409 A Co-ordinate Installation of Lifts
Descriptor: Co-ordinate, lead and participate in and facilitate the work of others appropriate to the level of autonomy in the workplace.
Elements Performance criteria
409.1 Plan and prepare to co-ordinate installation programs.
409.1.1 OH&S policies and procedures are communicated, planned and prepared to ensure these are followed.
409.1.2 Appropriate work sequence is communicated accordance with requirements.
409.1.3 Appropriate personnel are consulted to ensure the work is co-ordinated effectively with others involved on the work site.
409.1.4 Work of others is checked against requirements.
409.1.5 Materials necessary for others to complete the work are co-ordinated in accordance with established procedures and checked against requirements.
409.2 Co-ordinate installation programs.
409.2.1 OH&S policies and procedures for the work of others are co-ordinated.
409.2.2 The work of others is co-ordinated in accordance with established procedures and requirements.
409.2.3 On-going checks of the quality of work of others is co-ordinated in accordance with established procedures.
409.3 Inspect and notify completion of work.
409.3.1 Final inspections are co-ordinated to ensure the work of others conforms to requirements.
409.3.2 Completion of the work of others is notified in accordance with established procedures.
![Page 248: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/248.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
248 © UTL98
Range of Variables The definitions of all words italicised in these Standards are those contained within the Glossary which forms part of these Standards.
Competency can be demonstrated in the co-ordination, leading and participation in and facilitation of the work of others appropriate to the level of autonomy in the workplace encompassing the communication of established work requirements; monitoring and introduction of best practices consistent with the level of autonomy; ability to co-ordinate resources against work requirements; provision of leadership consistent with the level of autonomy; ability to work effectively with working group; facilitation of problem solving with working group related to the co-ordination of the work; co-ordination of skills within working group to meet work requirements; ability to resolve conflicts related to the co-ordination of the work; participation in internal and external environments to successfully influence technical issues affecting working group; provision of directions related to the co-ordination of the work of others
The co-ordination of installation programs may include working groups that are on-going; project based; cross-functional
Working groups may include full time employees; part time employees; contractors
Installations may include traction lifts; electrohydraulic lifts; escalators; moving walks
![Page 249: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/249.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 249 UTL98
Evidence Guide 1. Critical aspects of evidence 1.1 Achieving competence Achievement of this Unit of Competence is based on each of the following conditions being met:
1.1.1 completing on more than one occasion each element of competence autonomously and to requirements in each case.
1.1.2 the Performance Criteria associated with each Element of Competence being demonstrated on a representative range of items identified in the Range of Variables; the specification as to which items are to be included for assessment purposes is provided in Part 6 of this Evidence Guide.
1.1.3 demonstrating a full understanding of all the knowledge and the performance of all the associated skills outlined in Part 3 of this Evidence Guide, under the headings
Knowledge and Skills - Basic
Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning.
1.2 Reporting requirements The reporting of judgments about competence must be in the context of the individual unit being assessed and the qualification to be issued. Where regulatory requirements apply Qualifications shall be supplemented with transcripts of information that is meaningful for maximum recognition of knowledge and skills transfer. In all other instances consideration may be given to providing similar supplementary information. Generally this would be the individual Unit of Competence titles as well as detailed statements about the achievement of knowledge and skills.
2. Interdependency of Units Interdependency generally needs to be considered as part of State/Territory arrangements under Occupational Health & Safety, Lift Regulations or Codes of Practice or other regulatory requirements. Issues related to work operations near live electrical parts or near moving parts or rotating machinery is of particular importance.
![Page 250: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/250.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
250 © UTL98
3. Knowledge and Skills 3.1 Knowledge and Skills - Basic 1. Workshop practices - basic.
Identification of tools Use of tools Fitting techniques
Application of tools Metal fabrication, materials and techniques Safety
2. Occupational Health and Safety - basics.
OH&S Act Personal safety Workplace hazards Working electronically operated tools
Rescue from a live electrical situation Coping with an injury Resuscitation CPR
3.2 Knowledge and Skills - Underpinning 1. Microprocessor fundamentals.
Microprocessor system Block diagram Central processing unit Read/write memory Read only memory Input output devices Address, data and control busses
Semiconductor RAM ICs Memory cell Memory organisation Addressing methods Storage capacity and density Static and dynamic Volatile and non volatile memory Destructive/non destructive read Read and write cycles Access time Random sequential access Refresh
2. Power control.
Typical power control applications. Heaters, soldering irons, stove elements, lamp dimmers, motor speed controllers etc.) Methods of power control and phase angle control. Pulsed Power Control:
bimetal thermostat heaters half-wave/full-wave control (duo temperature soldering irons) series resistor control (continuously variable)
Power control devices, symbols and specification and in-circuit operation. Operation of typical half-wave and full-wave power control circuits. Limitations of phase angle control and noise reduction methods. Fault finding and safety problems.
![Page 251: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/251.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 251 UTL98
3. Electrical principles.
Basic electrical concepts
SI units Charge Voltage Current Resistance Factors affecting resistance Work Energy Power
Effects of current
Physiological Chemical Magnetic Thermal
Resistors
Fixed Variable Linear Non linear Power rating
Sources of EMF
Piezo Photovoltaic Thermal Electromagnetic Chemical
Basic circuits
Principle of operation Ohm’s Law Series circuit Parallel circuit Series-parallel circuit Power Voltage and current laws
Batteries
Primary Secondary Handling Charging Connections
Magnetic principles
Magnetic fields Magnetic quantities and units Magnetising curve and hysteresis Reluctance Effect of an air gap Retentivity Forces on conductors
Electromagnetic induction and inductance
Faraday’s law Lenz’s law Inductors Series and parallel connections Inductor specifications and applications Testing inductors Hazards and precautions
Capacitors
Charging/discharging Specifications and applications Series and parallel connections Testing Hazards and precautions
AC fundamentals
Periodic voltage and current Waveforms Measurement of AC quantities Determining RMS values Determining frequency Determining phase angles
Reactance and impedance
Inductive reactance Capacitive reactance Impedance triangle Effects in circuits Series resonance Parallel resonance
Three phase principles
Star and delta connections
![Page 252: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/252.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
252 © UTL98
Internal resistance Terminal voltage
Measurement
Meters Meter characteristics Loading effect Sources of error
Line and phase voltages Line and phase currents Three phase power
Power factor
Effects True, apparent and reactive power Power factor improvement
4. Digital electronics.
Digital circuit operation
Binary numbering Truth tables Boolean representation Signification of boolean Circuit implementation Logic probe fault finding
Hexadecimal Binary coded digit (BCD) Binary to decimal conversion Binary to hexadecimal conversion Decimal to hexadecimal conversion Characters using 7 BIT ASCII code Electrostatic discharge precautions
Effect of ESD Handling of components
Operation and characteristics of displays
LED displays LCD displays
Decoders
Operation Seven segment display decoder Encoders - operation Priority encoders Multiplexers Truth table implementation Demultiplexers
Digital sub-systems
Flip-flop operation Level triggered flip-flops Edge triggered flip-flops Synchronous inputs Asynchronous inputs Serial and parallel loading Shift left Shift right
Counters
D flip-flop JK flip-flop Modulus counters Up/down counters Count speed IC counters Ring counters Astable multivibrators Monostable multivibrators
Logic device terminal characteristics
Logic levels Supply voltages Power dissipation Drive currents Voltage levels Loading
![Page 253: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/253.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 253 UTL98
Propagation delays Noise margins Switching speed Open collector/drain outputs Tristate logic and buffers Interfacing of different logic families Schmitt trigger device
42-NE179 43-NE1805. Read and interpret technical manuals.
Drawing interpretation
Conventions Symbols Switching charts
Floor plans
Electrical layout Mechanical services
6. Motor operation, characteristics and protection.
Three phase motors
Construction Operating principles Performance characteristics
Motor protection
Short duration overloads Sustained overloads Repetitive starting or reversingHigh operating temperature Protection devices
Starting current and starters
Requirements Direct on line Star delta Auto transformer Soft start (electronic) Primary resistance Secondary resistance
Speed torque relationships Connection methods
Braking Rotation
Rule requirements
Control switches Isolating switches Automatic starting
Single phase motors
Construction Split phase motors Capacitor types Universal motor Reversal of rotation
Applications
Torque/power/speed characteristic Power, torque, speed and efficiency
Fault and fault finding
Common faults Diagnostic testing
DC machines
Control of output voltage Armature reaction Commutation Interpoles Back EMF Torque Speed Losses Efficiency
DC machine types and connections
![Page 254: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/254.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
254 © UTL98
Fault testing
Terminal voltage Insulation resistance Winding resistance/continuity Control and power circuit testing
Alternator principles
Construction details Excitation methods Voltage regulation Ratings
Three phase synchronous motors
Principle of operation Effect of load Effect of varying field excitation Applications
Single phase synchronous motors
Common types Principle of operation Effect of load Effect of varying field excitation Applications
Permanent magnet Separately excited Shunt Series Compound Reversal
Characteristics and applications
Excitation/voltage Speed/voltage Load/voltage/load current Torque/load current Torque/speed Speed/load current
DC motor starters
Starting current Current limitation Resistance for limiting starting current Operation of starters
Specialised DC machines
Tachogenerator Servomotors Stepper motors
Ward Leonard system7. Circuit protection and earthing.
Earthing and earthing systems
Regulatory requirement Direct MEN ELCB (voltage operated)
Supplementary earthing protection
Isolation RCD operation RCD circuit connections
Circuit protection
Excess circuit current Over voltage Under voltage Fault current Overload Inverse time characteristics Discrimination Arc central Fuses HRC fuses Circuit breakers Surge diverters
![Page 255: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/255.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 255 UTL98
8. Lift systems - basic operations.
Safety issues
Personal safety equipment Hazard identification and reporting Single and team manual handling Communication on site Emergency procedures Access to and safe working practice in relation to
Machine room Top of car Lift pit
Statutory requirements
Lift Code Australian Standards
Escalators and moving walks
Components
Machine Brakes Controllers Safety devices Balustrade lighting Steps/pallets/belts Hand rail Drive chain Truss Track systems Step/pallet chains Rollers Tension carriage Hand rail earthing
Traction lift components
Types of lifts
Passenger Goods Service
Machine room equipment
Machine Controller Governor Floor selector
Well equipment
Guide rails Landing doors and locksLimit switches/operating devices Ropes Roping systems Counterweights
Pit equipment
Buffers Compensators Safety equipment
Car equipment
Frame Superstructure Door operator Travelling cable Buttons and indicators Communication devices Safety gear
59. Advanced test equipment.
Types Uses Advances CROS CRO probes Storage oscilloscopes Signal generators Audio and mini volt meters
Noise and distortion meters Counter timers/frequency meters Chart recorders A/D - D/A converters Logic pulsers Logic probes
![Page 256: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/256.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
256 © UTL98
10. Industrial computer systems.
Computer systems overview PC hardware orientation Basic DOS commands DOS Set-Up & Utilities Windows operations Word processors
Spreadsheets Databases as used for control applications CAD/Vector graphics Introduction to a control application package
11. Control concepts.
Control
Advantages Applications Terminology
Dimensional calculations Basic transducer principles and physical variables
Measurement terminology Types of controllers (include computer resident systems) Process characteristics Basic controller principles Introductory control systems
12. Analogue electronics 1.
Operational amplifier circuits
Inverting Non-inverting Voltage follower Transresistance Transconductance
Limitations
Power supply Input voltage Output current
Slew rate
DC non-idealities
Input bias current Input offset current Input offset voltage
Operational amplifiers
Noise calculation Noise measurement
Frequency compensation
Gain and phase margin Single-pole, double pole and feed forward compensation
13. Analogue electronics 2.
Single stage small signal BJT/FET amplifiers
Analysis Alternative modes of operation Determination of DC bias conditions and AC parameters
Determination of the low and high frequency composite gain and phase response of an amplifier. Multistage amplifiers
Coupling techniques Effect on system parameters
![Page 257: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/257.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 257 UTL98
14. Transducers.
Measurement principles
Measurement process Systems of units Standards, calibration, traceability Errors, accuracy, precision, sensitivity
Transducer classifications and Specifications
Resistive, capacitive, inductive, magnetic, sonic operating range Sensitivity Frequency response Resonant frequency Environment compatibility Repeatability Ruggedness Electrical specifications
Types of transducer
Thermistor Photoresistor Opto-devices Speakers Magnetic pick-ups Strain gauge Hall-effect devices Piezo devices
Interfacing transducers to electronic systems
Mounting methods Electrical/mechanical connections Basic signal conditioning concepts dividers AC/DC, DC/AC, Amplifiers Analogue/digital conversion
15. Engineering design concepts.
Design philosophy Essential features of a design specification Economics of design
Calculation of design loads form loading data Design Standards and Codes Design Procedures
EA06016. Project planning.
Requirements for tender documents Estimating of costs of production Producing visual monitoring system schedules Converting function to time and cost
Graphical “S” curve for recording achievement against plan Extracting Forecasting and control data
17. Transducer applications.
Light and radioactivity detection
Light Sensors Measurement units and terms Photoemissive light sensors Photoconductive light sensors Photovoltaic light sensors X-Ray sensors Nuclear radiation sensors
Motion and force detection
Motion and force sensing basicsLinear motion sensors Angular motion sensors Speed of rotation sensors Compression sensors Tension, torque sensors Acceleration, vibration sensors
![Page 258: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/258.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
258 © UTL98
Units of radiation measurement Radiation sensors
Temperature detection
Temperature-sensing basics Measurement units and terms Bimetallic Fluid-pressure Resistive Semiconductor Thermocouple Radiation pyrometer Oscillating-crystal
Fluid flow and pressure detection
Fluid-flow sensing basics Flow units and terms Rate of flow sensors Quantity of flow sensors Fluid pressure sensing basics Pressure units and terms Pressure sensors Pressure cell Differential-pressure sensors
Altitude sensors
Moisture and humidity sensors
Moisture and humidity measurement basics Moisture and humidity measurement units and terms Hygrometer-type sensors Resistive Dielectric-film Mechanical displacement Oscillating-crystal Aluminium-oxide Psychrometer-type sensors Dew point sensors Temperature-sensing Instant - of condensation
18. Electronic switching.
Introduction to operating modes of BJT, FET and MOSFET devices
Cut-off Saturation Amplification (analogue)
Relay characteristics
Types Ratings
Relationship of operating modes to industrial control circuits and modules
On/off state resistance Current sinking and sourcing PNP type NPN type Analogue
Voltage level switching circuits
High to low voltage Low to high voltage TTL and CMOS interfacing Applications
The 4-20mA current loop
Range and span of operation Application 4-20mA transmitter/receiver ICs
Speciality interfacing ICs
Opto-coupler ICs RS 232 transmitter/receiver ICs High current driver ICs
![Page 259: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/259.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 259 UTL98
19. Enterprise specific requirements with respect to:
− technical manuals and instructions
− documentation and record systems including, where appropriate, the use of computers, information systems and technologies
− Occupational Health & Safety instructions, including the following where appropriate:
Legislation and Australian Standards
Consultative processes
Training and development
Hazard identification and assessment
Risk assessment and management
Monitoring procedures and records.
20. Time management and co-ordination processes.
21. Perform calculations required where necessary for task performance.
22. Provide customer satisfaction and public relations services to the public.
23. Contribute positively to the work-team environment.
24. Participate in and promote competency enhancement.
25. Communicate plans, information, intentions and safety criteria to others using appropriate means.
26. Demonstrate systematic problem solving in routine operations.
27. Plan, apply and contribute to industry quality systems.
28. Work at heights and/or in confined spaces.
29. Maintain and promote personal well being.
30. Perform necessary actions to protect the environment.
31. Use hand tools.
32. Use power tools - hand held operation.
33. Measure with graduated devices.
34. Use comparison measuring devices - preset limits.
35. Interpret technical drawings.
36. Operate enterprise vehicles where necessary.
![Page 260: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/260.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
260 © UTL98
4. Resource Implications Resources for this unit require access to plant and equipment that is normally available in the workplace. Where knowledge and skills development is considered to be best acquired away from the work site then appropriate learning resources and facilities are required.
5. Consistency of Performance Competency should be judged from evidence collected across the whole range of activities, with regards to the requirement outlined in the elements of competence, the Range of Variables (ROV) and from evidence of knowledge underpinning performance, to ensure all aspects of performance are achieved.
6. Context of Assessment It is not necessary for assessment of competence to be demonstrated on every item of equipment, tools, materials or testing devices identified in the Range of Variables. What is important is to determine that individuals have the generic and transferable skill that provides them with the ability to work safely and productively.
In this context evidence related to the items in the ROV can be based on the guidelines shown in the table below. This evidence combined with other critical aspects of assessment (see Part 1 of the Evidence Guide) will provide the means by which assessment for competence can be determined.
![Page 261: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/261.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
© 261 UTL98
ROV Guideline for Co-ordinate Installation of Lifts Group A is to be carried out in conjunction with Group B and Group C. This is to be demonstrated on two separate occasions.
The term ‘separate occasion’ means the items identified on which the skill is demonstrated are separated by time and location. The demonstration of a skill on the second and subsequent occasions should be on a different item(s), where appropriate.
Group No
The minimum number of items on which skill is to be demonstrated
List of items from the Range of Variables
A At least 5
Aspects of co-ordination - communication of established work requirements. - monitoring and introduction of best practices consistent with the level of autonomy. - ability to co-ordinate resources against work requirements. - provision of leadership consistent with the level of autonomy. - ability to work effectively with working group. - facilitation of problem solving with working group related to the co-ordination of the work. - co-ordination of skills within working group to meet work requirements. - ability to resolve conflicts related to the co-ordination of the work. - participation in internal and external environments to successfully influence technical issues affecting working group. - provision of directions related to the co-ordination of the work of others.
B At least 1
Working groups - full time employees - part time employees - contractors
C At least 1
Installation types - traction lifts - electrohydraulic lifts - escalators - moving walks
![Page 262: Lifts Mas Vol 3 - training · 2 © UTL98 COPYRIGHT © Lift-Skills Australia PO Box Q284, QVB, SYDNEY NSW 1230, Australia Telephone +61 2 9262 6733 Facsimile +61 2 9290 2544 All rights](https://reader034.fdocuments.in/reader034/viewer/2022050511/5f9b75ae9f84162bab27dcd9/html5/thumbnails/262.jpg)
Lift Industry Training Package
262 © UTL98
Using this guideline to support any assessment strategy or process does not remove the responsibility of employers and employees to ensure appropriate ‘duty of care’ arrangements are maintained under relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation.
In the assessment process it should be acknowledged that State/Territory regulatory requirements and/or Codes of Practice may vary. Therefore there may be a requirement for the demonstration of a greater range of items to those specified and/or listed in the table above.